{"title":"Jelly Belly","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"sts-cd\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly\u003c\/strong\u003e at Spices To Snacks — \u003cstrong\u003e108 products\u003c\/strong\u003e in stock across snacks, candy \u0026amp; chocolate, jelly beans, priced $47.13–$186.31 CAD. All Jelly Belly orders ship free across Canada with no minimum order, and returns are free within 30 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly appears in:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snacks\"\u003eSnacks\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/jelly-beans\"\u003eJelly Beans\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/fruit-snacks\"\u003eFruit Snacks\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/coffee-syrups\"\u003eCoffee Syrups\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples in this range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Jelly Belly Harry Potter Bertie Bott's Every Flavor Beans 24-ct 1.2 oz Boxes — Novelty \u0026amp; Party; Jelly Belly Jelly Beans 3 lb — Assorted Fruit Flavors, Resealable Gluten-Free Pouch; Jelly Belly Sugar Free Jelly Beans 8.25 oz Bags — 10-Count Case, Resealable, Vegan \u0026amp;.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/all-brands\"\u003eBrowse all brands\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/all-categories\"\u003eBrowse all categories\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/best-sellers\"\u003eBest sellers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"jelly-belly-harry-potter-bertie-botts-every-flavor-beans-24-ct-1-2-oz-boxes-novelty-party-favor-assortment","title":"Jelly Belly Harry Potter Bertie Bott's Every Flavor Beans 24-ct 1.2 oz Boxes — Novelty \u0026 Party Favor Assortment","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese are Jelly Belly’s licensed Harry Potter Bertie Bott’s Every Flavor Beans: 24 small 1.2 oz boxes containing a playful mix of classic and bizarre jelly bean flavors inspired by the books and films.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring a bit of wizarding-world mischief to parties, movie nights, or gift bags with this assortment. Each 1.2 oz box holds an unpredictable selection from a 20-flavor roster that mixes familiar tastes like watermelon and banana with intentionally odd or surprising flavors such as earwax, dirt, and black pepper. Boxes are packed in a 24-count carton and are randomly assorted, so every little box is a small surprise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included in the Bertie Bott’s Every Flavor set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assortment includes twenty different flavor profiles ranging from fruity and sweet to quirky and bold. Flavors are designed to recreate the playful, sometimes shocking experience described in the Harry Potter books and films, with both conventional and novelty options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFruity: watermelon, cherry, blueberry, lemon, banana, tutti-frutti\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweet \u0026amp; creamy: marshmallow, candyfloss\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpicy \u0026amp; savory: cinnamon, sausage, black pepper\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNovelty\/novel textures: dirt, earwax, booger, vomit, rotten egg, soap, earthworm, grass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are the boxes packaged and what should I expect when ordering?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach unit contains 24 individually boxed 1.2 oz servings, sized for single portions or small giveaways. The boxes are randomly assorted; any single order may not include every one of the twenty flavors, and the distribution inside each box is variable by chance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24 small boxes per pack, each 1.2 oz for easy portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRandom assortment—no guaranteed repeat-free sets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact boxes fit into party favors, mint jars, or gift bins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I serve or use these jelly beans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey’re perfect for themed events, trick-or-treating, themed gift bundles, movie marathons, or tasting games that embrace the surprise factor. Because the assortment intentionally includes unusual flavors, use them where playful shock value adds to the fun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse in taste-challenge games or party stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to Harry Potter-themed party favors or stocking stuffers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe during film nights or conventions for authentic novelty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there ingredients or allergy considerations I should know about?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese Jelly Belly beans are confectionery products made with common candy ingredients and colorings. If you have specific allergies or dietary restrictions, check the manufacturer’s ingredient list on packaging or contact Jelly Belly directly before consuming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains flavored and colored confectionery ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging lists full ingredient and allergen details—review before purchase\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot formulated as a medical or dietary product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This 24-count set of 1.2 oz Jelly Belly Harry Potter Bertie Bott’s Every Flavor Beans suits fans of the franchise, party hosts, event planners, and anyone who enjoys novelty sweets and tasting games. It’s ideal for themed celebrations, bulk classroom rewards, cosplay meet-ups, or anyone looking for a whimsical edible gift that sparks conversation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many boxes are included and what size are they?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: You get 24 individual boxes, each containing 1.2 ounces of Jelly Belly Bertie Bott’s Every Flavor Beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Will each box contain all twenty flavors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No—boxes are randomly assorted and may not contain every flavor from the 20-flavor lineup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001129357395,"sku":"B00CH987NE","price":147.55,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-front-packaging-bertie-botts.jpg?v=1787161140"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-jelly-beans-3-lb-assorted-fruit-flavors-resealable-gluten-free-pouch","title":"Jelly Belly Jelly Beans 3 lb — Assorted Fruit Flavors, Resealable Gluten-Free Pouch","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Jelly Beans, 3 lb is a bulk assortment of fruit-forward, gluten-free jelly beans delivered in a resealable pouch for snacking, gifting, or event candy tables.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis three-pound bag packs a wide selection of Jelly Belly's best-loved fruit flavors into one convenient, resealable pouch. Each bean has a thin candy shell and a chewy, flavorful center, making them a classic choice for candy bowls, party favors, or everyday treats. The mix is free from gluten, dairy, peanuts, and gelatin and is made in the U.S., letting you serve a versatile confection that fits many dietary preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included in the 3 lb bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag brings together a curated mix of Jelly Belly's fruity varieties so you get a lively range of tastes in every handful. Flavors can include common favorites like cherry, orange, lemon, and more adventurous fruit notes depending on the batch. Expect a colorful variety that’s balanced between tart, sweet, and tangy profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssorted fruit-centered flavors selected from Jelly Belly's popular lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach bean individually flavored for distinct taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eColorful mix suitable for themed displays or mixed bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for special diets or events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — Jelly Belly Jelly Beans in this 3 lb pack are made without gelatin, milk, or peanuts and are labeled gluten-free and kosher, so they accommodate many dietary restrictions. They're low in fat and vegetarian friendly, which makes them a good option for general gatherings and allergy-aware events. Still check ingredient labeling if you have specific severe allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified gluten-free and kosher\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains no dairy, gelatin, or peanuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian-friendly and low fat — about four calories per bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve this bulk bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe resealable stand-up pouch helps keep beans fresh for extended snacking when stored in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. For parties, decant into bowls or glass jars for an attractive display; for gifting, divide into small favor bags or use as a colorful addition to gift baskets. Proper storage preserves texture and flavor so the beans remain enjoyable over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable pouch for convenient storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a cool, dry location to maintain texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for bowls, jars, favors, and candy buffets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many servings or beans are in the 3 lb package?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pound contains roughly 400 beans, so a three-pound bag contains about 1,200 jelly beans. With approximately four calories per bean, you can estimate portion sizes for parties or calorie-aware snacking. The large quantity is useful for event planning, candy stations, or refilling smaller containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 400 beans per pound (roughly 1,200 beans total)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 4 calories per bean for portion planning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk format reduces the need for frequent reorders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This 3 lb Jelly Belly assortment is designed for hosts, event planners, candy lovers, and gift-givers who want a generous supply of diverse, high-quality jelly beans. It's a practical choice for weddings, corporate events, holiday candy stations, or anyone looking to stock up on iconic, fruit-flavored confections that accommodate common dietary needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFeatures: New multi-flavor stand-up pouch, fat-free, gelatin-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertification: Kosher, gluten-free, vegetarian friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the U.S., perfect for gifting, parties, and everyday snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeans\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Jelly Belly jelly beans in this bag gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The 3 lb Jelly Belly assortment is labeled gluten-free and suitable for gluten-sensitive consumers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many beans are in the 3-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Approximately 1,200 beans total, based on about 400 beans per pound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001778032723,"sku":"B0049J3LRC","price":106.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-3lb-front-pouch.jpg?v=1787172770"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-sugar-free-jelly-beans-8-25-oz-bags-10-count-case-resealable-vegan-gluten-free","title":"Jelly Belly Sugar Free Jelly Beans 8.25 oz Bags — 10-Count Case, Resealable, Vegan \u0026 Gluten-Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Sugar Free jelly beans deliver full-flavor, low-sugar enjoyment in convenient 8.25 oz resealable bags sold as a 10-count case.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese sugar-free beans let you enjoy Jelly Belly's signature flavors with fewer calories than the original recipe. The mix includes ten classic tastes—Buttered Popcorn, Cherry, Green Apple, Juicy Pear, Lemon, Licorice, Pineapple, Sizzling Cinnamon, Strawberry, and Tangerine—formulated without table sugar. Each bag is resealable to keep the candies fresh, and the product is OU Kosher, vegan-friendly, peanut-free, gluten-free, dairy-free, and fat-free. Note: sugar alcohol content can cause digestive sensitivity in some people; the manufacturer recommends beginning with a small portion (for example, eight beans) to assess tolerance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these sugar-free beans compare to regular Jelly Belly in taste and calories?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlavor profiles are designed to mimic the classic Jelly Belly lineup, providing the same recognizable tastes but in a formula that reduces calories by roughly 28% compared with regular beans. Expect vibrant flavor notes and the chewy jelly-bean texture you know, with a different sweetener system replacing table sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 28% fewer calories than standard Jelly Belly beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame ten signature flavors included in the mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChewy texture preserved for authentic mouthfeel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these Jelly Belly beans safe for specific diets or allergies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese beans accommodate many common dietary needs: they’re free from peanuts, dairy, gluten, and animal-derived fats, and they carry OU Kosher certification. They’re also fat-free and suitable for vegetarians. Always check ingredient lists if you have severe allergies or cross-sensitivity concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified and labeled vegan-friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free and dairy-free formulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFat-free and gluten-free for broader dietary compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat packaging and storage features should I expect from this 10-count case?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach case contains ten 8.25 oz bags filled by weight (not volume) and sealed at the factory for freshness. The bags are resealable to extend shelf life after opening, and the beans carry a 24-month best-by period when unopened and stored in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold as a 10-count case of 8.25 oz resealable bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct guaranteed by the seller—contact for support or questions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24-month shelf life when stored properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCould eating these beans cause digestive effects?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the sugar-free formula uses sugar alcohols, consuming larger amounts may lead to stomach discomfort or a laxative effect for some people. Tolerance varies—start with a small serving to understand how your body responds and adjust accordingly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains roughly 33 g sugar alcohol per 40 g serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecommended starter portion: about eight beans or fewer\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEffects vary by individual—scale intake as needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this product for? The Jelly Belly Sugar Free 8.25 oz 10-count case suits anyone seeking the classic Jelly Belly flavor experience with reduced sugar and fewer calories—particularly people managing sugar intake, those following vegetarian or allergy-aware diets, event planners, bulk buyers, and fans who prefer resealable single bags. It’s ideal for sampling multiple flavors, stocking office candy bowls, party favors, or keeping a sweet, lower-sugar option on hand for guests. If you have specific health concerns, consult a healthcare professional before changing your diet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThis is a 10 count case of 8.25 bags filled with fresh-from-the-factory Sugar-Free Jelly Bean goodness!\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe bag is re-sealable for optimal freshness and longevity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free, OU Kosher, Fat-free, Gluten-free and Dairy-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHave a question? Contact us! We're happy to help\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many bags are included in the case?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The case contains ten 8.25 oz resealable bags, sold by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can these beans cause digestive discomfort?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—sugar alcohols may cause stomach upset or laxative effects; start with a small portion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001878564947,"sku":"B07T8F1DV2","price":186.31,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-sugar-free-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787175843"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-harry-potter-bertie-bott-s-every-flavor-beans-6-pack-6-x-1-2oz-collectible-boxes-novelty-gourmet-jelly-beans","title":"Jelly Belly Harry Potter Bertie Bott’s Every Flavor Beans 6-Pack — 6 x 1.2oz Collectible Boxes, Novelty Gourmet Jelly Beans","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese are six 1.2 oz boxes of Jelly Belly’s Harry Potter Bertie Bott’s Every Flavor Beans—novelty jelly beans with traditional flavors plus surprise every-flavor varieties, about 30 beans per box.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring a playful twist to candy bowls, party favors, movie nights, or themed gifts with this six-pack of Bertie Bott’s Every Flavour Beans from Jelly Belly. Packaged in collectible Harry Potter-themed boxes, each 1.2 oz carton contains approximately 30 gourmet jelly beans made in the United States. The mix includes both familiar fruit and dessert notes alongside intentionally unexpected flavors for a fun tasting experience—perfect for fans and novelty-snack lovers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this six-pack different from regular jelly bean boxes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Harry Potter Bertie Bott’s edition pairs Jelly Belly’s gourmet bean base with a licensed theme and a mix of classic and surprising flavor profiles. Instead of a single flavor per box, each small carton contains a variety designed for novelty tasting and gifting. The collectible packaging and licensed branding make these boxes especially suited for fans of the franchise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSix individually boxed 1.2 oz cartons—easy to distribute or gift\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 30 beans per box, ideal for sampling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLicensed Harry Potter packaging for collectors and parties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the United States with Jelly Belly’s gourmet bean recipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use these beans for parties or gifts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese compact boxes are designed for convenient party favors, themed gift bundles, trick-or-treat handouts, or stocking stuffers. Because each box is individually sealed and small, they’re easy to tuck into goodie bags or hand out at movie marathons and book club meetings. Their novelty appeal also makes them great conversation starters at gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInclude as party favors in gift bags or advent calendars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as movie-night treats during Harry Potter marathons\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for classroom or office giveaways—individually boxed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well in themed gift baskets or as stocking stuffers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and textures can I expect inside each box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly’s Bertie Bott’s Every Flavour Beans combine the brand’s signature soft, chewy texture with a broad range of taste profiles. Expect recognizable fruit, sweet, and dessert-inspired flavors alongside intentionally odd or surprising notes designed for novelty tasting. The variety encourages sampling and playful reactions rather than predictable snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix of classic fruit and dessert flavors plus surprise every-flavor types\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGourmet jelly bean texture—soft chew, glossy exterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall portions (about 30 beans) to sample many flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBest enjoyed with an open-minded, playful tasting approach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is freshness handled and what should I know about packaging?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe six-pack ships as new, unopened cartons with a guaranteed fresh date printed on the packaging. Each 1.2 oz box is sealed to preserve flavor and texture, and the compact size limits exposure to air once opened. Store in a cool, dry place away from direct heat or sunlight to maintain quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCondition: brand-new, unopened, undamaged items\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExpiration date indicated on packaging to ensure freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact sealed boxes protect flavor until opened\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the United States, UPC: 071567992015 for authenticity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this product is for: This six-pack suits Harry Potter fans, novelty-candy collectors, and hosts seeking themed favors or small, shareable treats. It’s also a good fit for anyone who enjoys sampling a wide range of gourmet jelly bean flavors—especially when presentation and licensing matter. Choose this pack when you want compact, collectible packaging and a playful tasting experience rather than a single predictable candy flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Modified Food Starch, Contains 2% or less of each of the following: Blueberry Puree, Lemon Puree, Banana Puree, Cherry Juice Concentrate, Watermelon Juice Concentrate, Apple Juice Concentrate, Black Pepper, Citric Acid, Malic Acid, Maltodextrin, Natural and Artificial Flavors, Color Added, Red 40 Lake, Yellow 5 \u0026amp; 6, Blue 1 \u0026amp; 2 Lake, Yellow 5 \u0026amp; 6 Lake, Blue 1, Red 40, Beeswax, Carnauba Wax, Confectioner's Glaze, Tapioca Dextrin, Salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many beans are in each box?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 1.2 oz box contains approximately 30 jelly beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these genuine Jelly Belly beans made in the USA?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—these licensed Bertie Bott’s beans are made in the United States by Jelly Belly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002269323347,"sku":"B0095KATS4","price":65.84,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-harry-potter-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787185104"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-20-flavor-clear-gift-box-16-oz-20-signature-jelly-beans-vegetarian-flavor-map","title":"Jelly Belly 20-Flavor Clear Gift Box 16 oz — 20 Signature Jelly Beans, Vegetarian \u0026 Flavor Map","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly 20-Flavor Clear Gift Box is a ready-to-enjoy sampler featuring 20 official, true-to-life Jelly Belly jelly bean flavors in a sleek 16 oz clear box.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis compact gift box brings a miniature candy shop to your fingertips: twenty distinct flavors each seated in its own pocket and matched to a flavor map so you can identify and compare tastes easily. The beans are made with quality ingredients, are vegetarian-friendly, and are packaged to stay fresh for up to 24 months. The box’s slim profile (approx. 7.6\" x 7.3\" x 1\") makes it convenient for gifting, sampling, or sharing at parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich flavors are included in this 20-flavor set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe set collects twenty signature Jelly Belly flavors spanning fruity, sweet, and novelty tastes. Each pocket holds a distinct flavor so you can taste them side-by-side and refer to the included flavor map to match names to beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBerry Blue, Blueberry, Bubble Gum, Buttered Popcorn\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCoconut, Cotton Candy, Green Apple, Island Punch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eJuicy Pear, Licorice, Mixed Berry Smoothie, Orange Crush\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeach, Red Apple, Sour Apple, Sizzling Cinnamon\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStrawberry Cheesecake, Tutti-Fruitti, Very Cherry, Watermelon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fresh are the jelly beans and how long do they last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly packages these jelly beans for shelf stability and flavor retention; the product carries a 24-month shelf life when stored properly. Beans are sold by weight (16 oz) rather than by volume, and packaging is designed to protect freshness during shipping and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e16-ounce (by weight) clear gift box, fresh-from-factory packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24-month shelf life under typical pantry conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged to protect flavor and presentation for gifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly beans in this set are made without peanuts, dairy, or gluten and are fat free, making them suitable for many diets. They are also vegetarian-friendly and contain approximately four calories per bean, useful information for people tracking small-portion treats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free, dairy-free, and gluten-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFat free and vegetarian-friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 4 calories per bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this clear gift box a good gift or party favor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear, pocketed layout highlights each flavor and makes the box visually appealing for gift-giving or event displays. The included flavor map and neat presentation mean recipients can sample flavors in a guided way, ideal for taste-testing games or themed favors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElegant, transparent presentation that showcases colors and varieties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual flavor pockets plus a flavor map for easy tasting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact, gift-ready sizing suited for party favors or stocking stuffers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The Jelly Belly 20-Flavor Clear Gift Box is for snackers, gift-givers, party hosts, and anyone who enjoys sampling a wide range of candy flavors in small portions. It’s especially handy for people seeking a recognizable brand variety pack that’s free from peanuts, gluten, and dairy, and for those who want an attractive, ready-to-gift confection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e20 flavors of Jelly Beans in a plastic gift set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many flavors are in the Jelly Belly clear gift box?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The box contains 20 official Jelly Belly flavors, each in its own pocket with a flavor map.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this product gluten or peanut free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — Jelly Belly beans in this box are peanut-free, gluten-free, dairy-free, fat-free, and vegetarian-friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002324471891,"sku":"B07VZT1DZG","price":64.79,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-clear-gift-box-front.jpg?v=1787186152"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-sport-beans-fruit-punch-1-oz-packs-24-fast-acting-carbohydrate-fuel-with-b-vitamins","title":"Jelly Belly Sport Beans Fruit Punch 1‑oz Packs (24) — Fast-Acting Carbohydrate Fuel with B‑Vitamins","description":"\u003cb\u003eJelly Belly Sport Beans Fruit Punch are single-serve 1-ounce packs of carbohydrate-rich jelly beans designed to help maintain energy during sustained physical activity.\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Fruit Punch Sport Beans from Jelly Belly deliver a compact, sugar-based energy source in a convenient 1-ounce pouch. Each bag supplies 25 grams of carbohydrates and comes fortified with B1, B2, B3, and vitamin C to support hydration balance during exercise. Packaged as a case of 24, they’re small enough to fit in pockets, belts, or race kits and are certified Kosher and made in the U.S.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these Sport Beans support energy needs during exercise?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSport Beans provide fast-acting carbohydrates that your body can use quickly during prolonged or intense activity. The Fruit Punch flavor offers a palatable option for athletes who prefer chewable fuel over gels or drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach 1-ounce pack contains 25 grams of carbohydrates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChewy jelly bean format is easy to consume while moving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFruit Punch flavor reduces taste fatigue compared with flavorless options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutrients are in these Jelly Belly Sport Beans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeyond carbohydrates, the formula includes select B vitamins and vitamin C to support normal metabolic processes and fluid balance when active. The product is not a replacement for meals—it's formulated to provide targeted carbohydrates and micronutrients during exercise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes B1 (thiamin), B2 (riboflavin), B3 (niacin) and vitamin C.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned to complement hydration strategies rather than replace water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlain ingredients list with recognizable candy-style formulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use the 1-ounce bags during training or events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen a single 1-ounce pouch and consume the beans as needed, spacing intake to avoid a sudden sugar spike. Many athletes break a pack into several pieces to extend the carbohydrate delivery across miles or minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCarry a pouch per 20–60 minutes of activity depending on intensity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for running, cycling, hiking, and team sports as quick fuel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFits into pockets, waist packs, or jersey pouches for easy access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these Sport Beans appropriate for dietary or religious needs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese Fruit Punch Sport Beans are certified Kosher and manufactured in the U.S., which may suit many dietary preferences. They are candy-based energy food and should be checked for any ingredient sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified Kosher—see packaging for specific certification details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the United States under Jelly Belly quality standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot intended as a medical product; check ingredients if you have allergies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Jelly Belly Sport Beans Fruit Punch 1-ounce bags (pack of 24) are aimed at active people who want an easy-to-carry, chewable carbohydrate source for workouts, races, and outdoor adventures. They suit athletes who prefer quick, flavored energy in single-use portions and anyone looking for small, Kosher-certified fuel packs to stash in training kits or event day pockets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFruit Punch\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many carbs are in one 1-ounce Sport Beans pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 1-ounce pouch contains 25 grams of carbohydrates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these Sport Beans Kosher?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the Fruit Punch Sport Beans are certified Kosher; check the package for certification details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002376147027,"sku":"B000IKF82M","price":112.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-sport-beans-fruit-punch-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787187826"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-sugar-free-jelly-beans-assorted-flavors-12-x-2-8-oz-resealable-bags-10-flavors-low-calorie","title":"Jelly Belly Sugar Free Jelly Beans Assorted Flavors — 12 x 2.8 oz resealable bags, 10 flavors, low-calorie","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Sugar Free Jelly Beans are bite-size, artificially sweetened confections offered in a 2.1 lb case made up of twelve individually sealed 2.8‑ounce bags — the same Jelly Belly flavors you love without the sugar.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese sugar-free jelly beans keep the classic Jelly Belly flavor profiles while removing sugar from the recipe. Each case contains twelve resealable 2.8‑ounce bags (33.6 ounces total) of ten popular assorted flavors, certified OU Kosher and produced in the United States. The sugar-free formulation contains significantly fewer calories than regular Jelly Belly beans and is designed to suit people seeking a lower‑sugar treat option. Note: consuming sugar‑free candies may cause stomach discomfort or a laxative effect in some individuals; begin with a small portion to assess tolerance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how are they packaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assortment features ten favorite Jelly Belly flavors in sugar‑free form and arrives as a case of individually sealed snack-size bags for freshness and convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTen assorted flavors included per case (popular Jelly Belly choices in sugar‑free recipes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCase total weight: 2.1 lb (33.6 ounces) split into 12 sealed 2.8‑ounce bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually sealed bags help keep beans fresh and portable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the sugar‑free recipe differ from regular Jelly Belly beans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sugar‑free version substitutes sweeteners in place of sugar to reduce calories while preserving Jelly Belly’s flavor profiles. The beans contain no fat and exclude gelatin and common dairy ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned to provide the Jelly Belly taste with reduced sugar and fewer calories (about 28% fewer calories than regular beans)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero grams of fat per serving and no gelatin, milk, or eggs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten‑free and suitable for vegetarians\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these beans certified and where are they made?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the sugar‑free Jelly Belly jelly beans carry recognized certifications and are domestically manufactured to maintain consistent quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified OU Kosher by the Orthodox Union\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduced in the United States to Jelly Belly quality standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged in individual bags for easy sharing and storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there any consumption cautions I should know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs with many sugar‑free confections, these beans can cause digestive upset or a laxative effect for some people if eaten in large amounts. Individual tolerance varies, so start with a small portion to evaluate how your body reacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsumption may cause stomach discomfort and\/or a laxative effect\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecommended starting amount: eight beans or fewer to test tolerance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of young children and store sealed bags in a cool, dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Jelly Belly Sugar Free Jelly Beans are aimed at candy lovers who want classic Jelly Belly flavor without sugar — good for people seeking lower‑sugar snack options, those following vegetarian or gluten‑free diets, and anyone wanting individually portioned bags for travel, office snacks, or events. They deliver the recognizable Jelly Belly experience with reduced sugar and convenient packaging, while offering kosher certification for those who observe dietary laws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many bags come in one case?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One case includes twelve individually sealed 2.8‑ounce bags (33.6 ounces total).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans kosher and gluten‑free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — they are OU Kosher certified and labeled gluten‑free and vegetarian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002376278099,"sku":"B000ILEJQM","price":103.74,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-front-of-bag.jpg?v=1787187825"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-gourmet-jelly-beans-dispenser-box-80-single-serve-packets-1-kg-assorted-flavors-countertop-ready","title":"Jelly Belly Gourmet Jelly Beans dispenser box 80 single-serve packets, 1 kg — assorted flavors, countertop ready","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Gourmet Jelly Beans JLL72512 are individually wrapped, assorted-flavor jelly beans supplied in an easy-access dispenser box—80 single-serve packets totaling 1 kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Jelly Belly gourmet jelly beans deliver a variety of classic and inventive flavors in ready-to-hand single-serve portions. Packaged in a compact dispenser box, they keep portions tidy and are designed for shared spaces like reception areas, office kitchens, or event tables. Each packet contains a mix of flavors so every serving offers a small, low-fat sweet treat without the mess of bulk bins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors will I find inside each single-serve packet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach packet contains an assorted selection of Jelly Belly signature flavors, mixing familiar fruit profiles with specialty tastes. The exact flavor mix can vary by shipment but aims to balance fruity, sweet, and novelty options to appeal to diverse preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssorted classic fruit flavors (cherry, lemon, orange, etc.).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpecialty and seasonal varieties included occasionally.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRandomized mix so each packet differs slightly for variety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the dispenser box make these suitable for workplaces and events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box is designed for organized, sanitary dispensing: single-serve packets reduce handling and make distribution simple. It fits on counters or tabletops and keeps packets neat so guests can grab a pre-portioned treat without touching loose candy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCountertop-ready dispensing design for quick access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduced cross-contamination thanks to single-serve wrapping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact footprint that stores neatly on reception desks or breakroom counters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre Jelly Belly jelly beans an appropriate snack choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Beans present a small, low-fat confection option for those seeking a bite-sized sweet. They are portion-controlled, which makes it easier to manage indulgence compared with open containers—useful when tracking servings at meetings or events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow in fat compared to many snacks with similar sweetness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve packets help control portions and reduce waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to share or hand out at conferences, counters, and gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many packets and what net weight are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product contains 80 single-serve packets with a combined net weight of approximately 1 kilogram. This quantity is intended to cover multiple days of light office use or short events where small, individually wrapped favors are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e80 single-serve packets in each dispenser box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTotal net weight: about 1 kg (weight distribution per packet varies).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for small to medium foot-traffic locations or gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: These Jelly Belly Gourmet Jelly Beans are tailored for office managers, hospitality hosts, event planners, and anyone who needs a tidy, crowd-pleasing sweet to offer guests or employees. They suit reception areas, trade-show booths, waiting rooms, and breakrooms where single-serve, low-mess options are preferred. If you want iconic Jelly Belly flavors delivered in a practical dispenser that simplifies distribution and portion control, this 80-packet box is a ready solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many packets are in a box and what is the total weight?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The box contains 80 single-serve packets with a combined net weight of approximately 1 kilogram.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the jelly beans flavored in each packet the same?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each packet includes an assorted mix of Jelly Belly flavors; exact mixes vary so packets are not identical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002400362579,"sku":"B0033ULPPI","price":95.1,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-dispenser-box-front.jpg?v=1787188304"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-sport-beans-watermelon-24-pack-1-oz-resealable-energy-pouches-50-mg-caffeine","title":"Jelly Belly Sport Beans Watermelon — 24‑Pack 1‑oz Resealable Energy Pouches, 50 mg Caffeine","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Extreme Sport Beans Watermelon are resealable 1‑oz energy jelly bean bags delivering 50 mg of caffeine plus carbs, vitamins B and C, and electrolytes to fuel endurance activities.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for runners, cyclists, hikers, and anyone needing a precise, portable energy boost, these watermelon‑flavored Sport Beans combine familiar jelly bean taste with a sports‑nutrition formula. Each 1‑ounce resealable bag contains a measured serving so you can control caffeine and carbohydrate intake, and this listing is a case of 24 individual bags shipped direct from the Jelly Belly factory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these beans help during long workouts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSport Beans provide quick carbohydrates for energy along with electrolytes and vitamins to support prolonged activity. Because the beans are chewable, they’re easy to consume on the move without needing water or mixing powders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e50 mg caffeine per serving for a coffee‑comparable boost\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFast‑absorbing carbohydrates to sustain effort\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdded electrolytes to aid hydration balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVitamins B and C included for carbohydrate metabolism support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen and how should I use the resealable 1‑oz bags?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen a bag during warm‑ups, mid‑ride, or when fatigue appears; the resealable pouch keeps remaining beans fresh for later use. The single‑serving size is convenient for race pockets, running belts, or gym bags and eliminates the need to portion from larger containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCarry an individual bag for shorter sessions or stash several for long events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEat beans gradually to meter carbs and caffeine accurately\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable pouch protects beans from moisture and spills\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there any safety or usage considerations I should know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach serving contains 50 mg of caffeine, so monitor total daily intake if you consume other caffeinated products. These Extreme Sport Beans are not recommended for children, teens, or pregnant or nursing women; follow any event or coach guidance for fueling strategies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not exceed recommended servings if sensitive to caffeine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult product labeling for ingredient details and allergen information\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place to maintain texture and flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the watermelon flavor and a 24‑bag case?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatermelon offers a refreshing, familiar flavor that’s easy to chew during activity without being cloying. Buying a 24‑count case ensures you have single‑serving pouches for training cycles, team events, or multi‑day outings, delivered from Jelly Belly’s factory packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWatermelon is palatable for repeated consumption on long efforts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCase quantity useful for teams, clubs, or frequent athletes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFactory direct packaging supports consistent product quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Jelly Belly Extreme Sport Beans Watermelon 24 pack is intended for active adults and endurance athletes seeking a chewable, precisely measured source of quick carbohydrates, electrolytes, vitamins, and a coffee‑equivalent caffeine boost. It’s ideal for solo training, group events, or coaches planning nutrition for members. Not suitable for children, teens, or pregnant\/nursing individuals; follow packaging guidance for safe consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot available\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much caffeine is in one bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 1‑oz resealable bag contains 50 mg of caffeine, about the amount in a cup of coffee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these suitable for children or pregnant women?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. Extreme Sport Beans are not recommended for children, teens, or pregnant or nursing women.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002414321747,"sku":"B0048HUNGC","price":93.91,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-watermelon-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787188578"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-sport-beans-caffeinated-jelly-beans-24-pack-1-oz-pouches-portable-electrolyte-energy","title":"Jelly Belly Sport Beans Caffeinated Jelly Beans, 24-Pack 1-oz Pouches — Portable Electrolyte Energy","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Extreme Sport Beans are single-serving, caffeinated jelly bean packs designed to provide quick energy, carbs, electrolytes and B vitamins for workouts and endurance activities.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese compact, resealable 1-ounce pouches deliver a portable energy boost when you need it most. Each pack contains 50 mg of caffeine (roughly half a cup of coffee), 25 g of carbohydrates, balanced sodium and potassium, plus B vitamins and vitamin C — all in bite-sized, naturally flavored jelly beans made in the USA. The formula is gluten-free, peanut-free, OU kosher certified and made with non-GMO ingredients, making it an easy option to carry in a training kit, race vest or gym bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will one pack of Sport Beans give me energy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost people experience a perceptible lift within about 20–45 minutes after consuming one pack with water, thanks to the 50 mg of caffeine and the concentrated carbohydrate dose. The combination of fast-digesting sugars and electrolytes helps restore fuel and maintain hydration during activity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e50 mg caffeine per 1-oz pack for a fast boost\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e25 g carbohydrates to support muscle energy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElectrolytes (sodium and potassium) to help fluid balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsume with water for optimal absorption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen and how should I use these during exercise?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor many athletes, one pack about 30 minutes before starting exercise provides a steady source of fuel and alertness. During prolonged activity you can take additional beans as needed to maintain blood sugar and energy levels, pacing intake to match your comfort and performance goals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTake one pack 30 minutes pre-activity for baseline fuel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse extra beans periodically during long sessions to sustain energy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePair with water to replace fluids and help digestion\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust timing based on caffeine sensitivity and workout intensity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutrition and ingredient details matter for training?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach single-serving pouch contains 100 calories, a mix of simple carbs, key electrolytes, and vitamins that support carbohydrate metabolism and oxidative protection. Ingredients include natural flavors and colors, and the product avoids common allergens like peanuts and gluten.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100 calories per pack — compact energy for workouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eB vitamins (thiamin, riboflavin, niacin) to support carbohydrate use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVitamin C for antioxidant support of muscles and cells\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNatural flavors\/colors, OU kosher, non-GMO, made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for athletes with dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSport Beans are formulated to be broadly compatible with common dietary needs: they are gluten-free and peanut-free, and carry OU kosher certification. However, because they contain caffeine and sugar, review ingredient details and consult a coach or healthcare provider if you have specific medical or dietary concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and peanut-free for common allergen avoidance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU kosher certified and non-GMO ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains 50 mg caffeine — consider sensitivity and timing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot a medical product; check with a professional for special conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Jelly Belly Extreme Sport Beans are aimed at active people who want a portable, flavorful source of carbohydrates, electrolytes and a moderate caffeine boost for workouts, races, or training sessions. They suit runners, cyclists, gym-goers and team athletes who prefer chewable fuel over gels or drinks, and anyone looking for single-serve, resealable packs to stash in pockets, hydration vests or gym bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCANE SUGAR, TAPIOCA SYRUP, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: CITRIC ACID, POMEGRANATE JUICE FROM CONCENTRATE, CHERRY JUICE FROM CONCENTRATE, WATERMELON JUICE FROM CONCENTRATE, CITRUS PECTIN, NATURAL FLAVOR, THIAMINE HYDROCHLORIDE (VITAMIN B1), RIBOFLAVIN (VITAMIN B2), NIACINAMIDE (VITAMIN B3), ASCORBIC ACID (VITAMIN C), POTASSIUM CITRATE, SODIUM CITRATE, SODIUM LACTATE, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE, GRAPE JUICE CONCENTRATE (COLOR), VEGETABLE ABD FRUIT JUICE (COLOR), BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, SALT, CAFFEINE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much caffeine is in one Sport Beans pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 1-ounce pack contains 50 mg of caffeine, about half a cup of coffee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I eat Sport Beans during long workouts?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — take one pack 30 minutes before activity and additional beans as needed to sustain energy, with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002470813779,"sku":"B009MNZR2W","price":95.69,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-extreme-sport-beans-front-pouch.jpg?v=1787189135"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-sport-beans-extreme-energy-jelly-beans-24-1-oz-bags-caffeine-electrolytes","title":"Jelly Belly Sport Beans Extreme Energy Jelly Beans, 24 1-oz Bags — Caffeine \u0026 Electrolytes","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Sport Beans Extreme are single-serve caffeinated jelly beans packed with B and C vitamins plus electrolytes for an on-the-go energy boost.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Extreme Sport Beans from Jelly Belly combine familiar fruity flavors with performance-minded ingredients in a convenient 24-count case of 1-ounce bags. Designed as a portable pick-me-up, the mix includes Cherry, Pomegranate and Watermelon flavors and is formulated with carbohydrates, electrolytes, B and C vitamins and added caffeine. The bite-sized bags fit easily into gym packs, bike pockets or work bags so you can reach for a quick lift whenever you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do Sport Beans Extreme help during workouts or busy days?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSport Beans Extreme are meant to be an easily stashed source of fast carbs and a mild stimulant to help maintain alertness and stamina during extended activity. They’re small, chewable and dissolve quickly, making them practical for brief refueling without slowing you down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProvides quick-digesting carbohydrates for fast energy availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes caffeine to support alertness and focus\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains electrolytes to assist with normal hydration support\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient 1-ounce single-serve bags for portable dosing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these safe for everyone to use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExtreme Sport Beans contain added caffeine and are not recommended for children, teens, or pregnant or nursing women. If you have health concerns, sensitivity to stimulants, or dietary restrictions, check ingredient labels and consult with a healthcare professional before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot recommended for children, teens, pregnant or nursing individuals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight in a 24-count case; shelf life up to 24 months\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with natural ingredients when possible and high-quality manufacturing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and packaging can I expect in this 24-pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis assortment includes Cherry, Pomegranate and Watermelon flavors in individually sealed 1-ounce bags. The compact packaging keeps beans fresh and makes it simple to share, stash, or ration servings for training sessions or long days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThree fruit-forward flavors: Cherry, Pomegranate, Watermelon\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24 individually sealed one-ounce bags—ideal for single servings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCase sold by weight; freshness ensured through factory packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and use Sport Beans Extreme?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the unopened bags in a cool, dry place to maintain texture and flavor. Use a single 1-ounce bag as an on-the-go boost, and avoid combining with other sources of caffeine without considering total intake for the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a cool, dry environment away from direct sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOpen one bag at a time for immediate consumption or sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMonitor overall daily caffeine intake and follow any personal dietary guidance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Jelly Belly Sport Beans Extreme are aimed at active adults and busy professionals who want a familiar candy-style snack with functional ingredients—those who need quick carbohydrates, a modest caffeine lift, and electrolytes in a pocket-sized, delicious format. They’re ideal for runners, cyclists, hikers, gym-goers, commuters, and anyone who prefers a flavored chewable boost over liquid or tablet supplements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many bags come in this case?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: This is a 24-count case of 1-ounce single-serve Jelly Belly Sport Beans Extreme bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Sport Beans Extreme suitable for children?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. These caffeinated Sport Beans are not recommended for children, teens, or pregnant or nursing women.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002479366227,"sku":"B00CQRIVX8","price":96.25,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-sport-beans-extreme-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787189265"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-extreme-sport-beans-energizing-jelly-beans-cherry-24-x-1oz-resealable-packs-50mg-caffeine-electrolytes","title":"Jelly Belly Extreme Sport Beans Energizing Jelly Beans Cherry - 24 x 1oz Resealable Packs, 50mg Caffeine \u0026 Electrolytes","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Extreme Sport Beans (Cherry) are caffeinated, electrolyte- and vitamin-fortified jelly beans designed to deliver quick, meterable energy during exercise.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese single-serve, resealable 1-ounce bags pack 50 mg of caffeine and a blend of carbohydrates, electrolytes and B\/C vitamins into a chewable confection aimed at athletes and active people who prefer to \"eat\" their energy. Cherry is the featured flavor in this 24-count case, making it convenient to stash in training kits, race belts or gym bags for on-demand fueling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much caffeine and fuel does one bag provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 1-ounce pouch contains 50 mg of caffeine alongside 100 calories of quick carbohydrates, offering a modest, controllable boost comparable to a small cup of coffee. The formulation is built for brief, repeatable fueling during longer sessions rather than as a sole source of nutrition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e50 mg caffeine per pouch (approximate half-cup brewed coffee equivalent)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100 calories and 25 g total carbohydrates per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e19 g sugars for rapid uptake and immediate energy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat electrolytes and vitamins are included, and why do they matter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExtreme Sport Beans include electrolytes such as sodium and potassium plus B vitamins and vitamin C to support fluid balance and carbohydrate metabolism during activity. These nutrients help you replace what’s lost in sweat and support energy conversion without adding complex nutrition steps mid-session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e80 mg sodium and 40 mg potassium per pouch to assist hydration balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVitamin C (6 mg) and B vitamins (thiamin, riboflavin, niacin) to support metabolism\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for quick chewing and absorption while moving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use these during a run, ride, or match?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe small, chewable format makes precise dosing simple: eat one or more beans as needed to manage energy and alertness rather than guessing with liquids. Always follow with water to aid digestion and electrolyte uptake, and test your tolerance in training before using them in competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTake with water; start with one pouch or several beans to assess effect\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable bags let you portion out servings across long workouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot recommended for children, teens, pregnant or nursing women\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these fit into a broader fueling plan?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThink of Jelly Belly Extreme Sport Beans as a targeted, controllable source of quick carbs and caffeine for short-term performance support or alertness during long sessions. They’re best combined with a hydration strategy and, for prolonged efforts, supplemented with longer-lasting carbohydrate sources and whole-food meals before and after exercise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse for mid-workout energy bursts, pre-exercise alertness, or short recovery sips\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eComplement with fluids and more substantial carbs\/protein post-workout\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable packaging supports multi-staging across training or multi-day events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Athletes and active people who want a chewable, easy-to-dose energy option that combines caffeine with carbs, electrolytes and vitamins. Ideal for runners, cyclists, hikers, team-sport players and anyone who prefers solid fuel over drinks, and who understands caffeine tolerance. Not intended for children, teens, pregnant or nursing women; always test in training before race day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCANE SUGAR , TAPIOCA SYRUP , CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: NATURAL FLAVOR , THIAMINE HYDROCHLORIDE (VITAMIN B1) , RIBOFLAVIN (VITAMIN B2) , NIACINAMIDE (VITAMIN B3) , ASCORBIC ACID (VITAMIN C) , CITRIC ACID , CITRUS PECTIN , POTASSIUM CITRATE , SODIUM CITRATE , SODIUM LACTATE , GRAPE JUICE CONCENTRATE (COLOR) , BLACK CARROT (COLOR) , BLACK CURRANT (COLOR) , BEESWAX , CARNAUBA WAX , CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE , SALT , CAFFEINE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much caffeine is in one pouch?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 1-ounce pouch contains about 50 mg of caffeine, roughly half a cup of brewed coffee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these safe for children or pregnant women?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. Extreme Sport Beans are not recommended for children, teens, pregnant or nursing women.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002512592979,"sku":"B00KIWTH2C","price":96.25,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-extreme-sport-beans-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787189650"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-belly-flops-jelly-beans-2-lb-bags-2-pack-irregular-shapes-same-great-flavors","title":"Jelly Belly Belly Flops Jelly Beans — 2 lb bags (2-pack), irregular shapes \u0026 same great flavors","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Belly Flops are the factory-second jelly beans with the same flavors you love delivered in playful, irregular shapes and unexpected color–flavor combos.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\nThese two 2-pound bags of Belly Flops come straight from Jelly Belly’s production line: beans that missed a perfect stamp or formed curious shapes, but didn’t lose any of their trademark flavors. Each bag is randomly packed, so you get a lively mix of colors and sizes — sometimes single beans fused together, sometimes a round, square, or oddly trimmed piece — all with the same ingredient quality as standard Jelly Belly jellies. They’re OU Kosher, gluten-free, dairy-free, peanut-free, fat-free, vegetarian-friendly, and sold by weight with a 24-month shelf life.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are Belly Flops different from regular Jelly Belly jelly beans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBelly Flops are production variations — beans that escaped the logo stamper or formed unusual shapes — while maintaining Jelly Belly’s flavor formulas. You won’t get perfect logos or uniform shapes, but the taste profile matches the brand’s authentic jelly bean lineup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIrregular shapes: round, square, fused clusters, or oddly trimmed pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOccasional color–flavor surprises where color doesn’t match flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame flavor recipes and ingredient standards as regular Jelly Belly beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight (two 2 lb bags in this pack) for bulk sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and varieties can I expect inside a two‑bag pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bag is randomly packed, so you’ll find a broad assortment of Jelly Belly flavors. While the mix varies bag to bag, you can expect a representational sampling rather than one single flavor dominating the pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMultiple classic Jelly Belly flavors across sweet, tart, and fruity notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRandom distribution — no guaranteed counts per flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRare mismatches where a bean’s color doesn’t reflect its taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssortments suitable for snacking, candy dishes, or party bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store these jelly beans and how long will they stay fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Belly Flops in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve texture and flavor. When kept in original sealed packaging or an airtight container, the beans maintain quality for the stated shelf life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24-month shelf life when stored properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep sealed or in an airtight container to prevent drying or flavor loss\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid high heat and humidity to preserve texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight; check bag labels for production details or best-by dates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre Belly Flops suitable for special diets and events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — Belly Flops are crafted to meet several dietary and event-friendly needs. They’re free from common allergens like peanuts and dairy and carry OU Kosher certification, making them a versatile treat for group settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free and dairy-free for safer party sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free, fat-free, and vegetarian-friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for candy buffets, gift jars, movie snacks, or bulk party favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwo 2 lb bags (4 lbs total) provide plenty for gatherings or long-term snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nWho is this for\n\nThese Belly Flops are perfect for Jelly Belly fans who don’t mind quirky shapes and enjoy a surprise with every handful — party hosts, candy-shop proprietors, office bowls, craft and baking projects that need colorful pieces, or anyone who wants the authentic Jelly Belly taste at bulk value. If you prioritize uniform appearance (perfect logos and matching shapes), regular Jelly Belly assortments may suit you better; if you love flavor, variety, and a playful presentation, these factory-fresh Belly Flops deliver character and value in generous portions.\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Belly Flops the same flavor as regular Jelly Belly beans?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. They use the same flavor recipes, though a bean’s color may occasionally not match its flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much candy do I get with this two-pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: You receive two 2 lb bags — four pounds total — sold by weight, not by volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002513444947,"sku":"B00KZ45N7G","price":110.03,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-front-bag.jpg?v=1787189666"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-thank-you-jelly-beans-assorted-1-oz-30-pack-20-flavors-gift-ready-packs","title":"Jelly Belly Thank You Jelly Beans Assorted 1-oz 30-Pack — 20 Flavors, Gift-Ready Packs","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese Jelly Belly \"Thank You\" Jelly Beans are 1-ounce gourmet packs of 20 assorted flavors, packaged in a 30-count ready-to-give set for simple, tasty appreciation gifts.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSend a small, flavorful token of gratitude with Jelly Belly's curated \"Thank You\" jelly beans. Each 1-ounce pouch contains a colorful mix of 20 signature Jelly Belly flavors — from Very Cherry to Buttered Popcorn — that fit easily into gift bags, event favor boxes, or workplace appreciation kits. Made in the USA and crafted to be allergen-friendly, these single-serve packs let you share a recognizable, nostalgic candy experience without bulky packaging or added fuss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are inside these thank-you packs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery pouch holds a mix of 20 Jelly Belly flavors selected to offer a broad range of tastes, from fruity and sweet to classic novelty favorites. The assortment includes both well-known and playful varieties that appeal to diverse palates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVery Cherry, Juicy Pear, Watermelon — bright fruit choices\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBubble Gum, Cotton Candy, Tutti-Fruitti — playful sweet options\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eButtered Popcorn, Toasted Marshmallow, Sizzling Cinnamon — novelty favorites\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCoconut, Piña Colada, Strawberry Cheesecake — dessert-inspired flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these 1-ounce packs for events or giveaways?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact size makes these packs ideal for large-scale distribution at conferences, weddings, classrooms, or employee recognition events. They’re prepackaged and ready to hand out, saving time while keeping presentation neat and consistent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace one pack in event gift bags or seat favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to mailers or thank-you notes for clients and supporters\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as desk treats for staff recognition or meeting incentives\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInclude in party favor stations for children’s parties or open houses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for guests with dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly packs are formulated to be inclusive for many common dietary needs. Each bean contains just four calories, and the product avoids several major allergens, making it a convenient option for group settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free, peanut-free, dairy-free, and fat-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian-friendly and OU Kosher certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow-calorie treats: approximately 4 calories per bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured in the USA under Jelly Belly quality standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store these Jelly Belly thank-you bags for best freshness?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the individual 1-ounce pouches in a cool, dry area away from direct sunlight to preserve flavor and texture. For event prep, store unopened packs until the day of distribution to retain peak color and taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoom temperature storage, out of sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid high humidity or warm spots to prevent stickiness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not freeze; freezing can affect texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse within recommended best-by date printed on pouch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? These Jelly Belly \"Thank You\" Jelly Beans are perfect for individuals and organizations who want an easy, crowd-pleasing way to express appreciation. Event planners, teachers, small businesses, wedding hosts, and office managers will appreciate the portability, broad flavor selection, and allergen-conscious formulation. If you need a recognizable, grab-and-go sweet that fits inside favors, mailers, or retail counters, these 1-ounce Jelly Belly packs offer dependable quality and playful taste without extra preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot available\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many flavors come in each 1-ounce pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 1-ounce Jelly Belly \"Thank You\" pack contains a mix of 20 assorted gourmet flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans allergen-friendly?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — the beans are gluten-free, peanut-free, dairy-free, fat-free, vegetarian-friendly, and OU Kosher certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002519539795,"sku":"B00NUTBKTI","price":103.27,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-pack-front-view.jpg?v=1787189764"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-jelly-beans-3-pack-belly-flops-3-16-oz-assorted-flavors-resealable-bags","title":"Jelly Belly jelly beans 3-Pack Belly Flops 3×16 oz — assorted flavors, resealable bags","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Belly Flops are three 16-ounce bags of assorted, colorful jelly beans designed for sharing, snacking, and gifting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Belly Flops deliver 48 ounces of Jelly Belly jelly beans in three resealable 16-ounce bags, offering a wide variety of classic flavors and a playful presentation. The modern, brightly colored packaging is suited for parties, candy buffets, office bowls, or everyday treats. Gluten-free and ready to enjoy, the set provides a convenient way to stock up on Jelly Belly’s distinct textures and bold tastes without committing to a single flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and textures can I expect from this 3-pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bag includes a mix of Jelly Belly’s signature jelly bean flavors, ranging from fruit-forward varieties to dessert-inspired notes. The beans have a glossy, chewy shell and a soft center, giving a satisfying bite every time. Because mixes vary slightly by batch, you’ll get an appealing assortment rather than a fixed flavor list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssorted fruit and novelty flavors in each bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChewy interior with a polished candy shell\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix composition varies for seasonal and batch diversity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the packaging designed for storage and sharing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 16-ounce bag is resealable to help keep beans fresh and make portioning simple. The three-bag set totals 48 ounces, so it’s easy to split between events or combine for a larger candy display. The compact, lightweight packages are also practical for gift baskets or mailing to friends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable zip-top bags for freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThree separate 16 oz packs for portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to divide for parties, gifts, or candy stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these Jelly Belly jelly beans suitable for dietary needs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly Belly Flops are labeled gluten-free, making them a safe candy option for people avoiding gluten. They do contain sugar and other standard candy ingredients, so check the ingredient panel for allergies or dietary restrictions. The product is intended as a treat rather than a dietary staple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free formulation noted on the packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRead full ingredient list for allergen information\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot intended as a health food; enjoy in moderation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this 3-pack for events and gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three 16-ounce bags are versatile for event planning and creative gifting: use one bag per favor, mix them into a single bowl for larger gatherings, or split flavors into small jars for personalized gifts. The colorful beans add visual pop to candy bars, wedding receptions, and holiday parties alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for candy buffets, goodie bags, and centerpieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat as a colorful addition to gift baskets and party favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to portion or combine depending on event size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Jelly Belly Belly Flops 3-Pack is made for anyone who loves variety and convenience: party planners, snack lovers, gift-makers, and families who want a recognizable, high-quality jelly bean for gatherings or everyday enjoyment. If you need bulk-ish quantities without buying a wholesale tub, or if you want an easy way to distribute Jelly Belly candies across multiple uses, this three-bag set gives flexibility, freshness, and the classic Jelly Belly taste in a compact, colorful package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many ounces are included in the set?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The pack contains three 16-ounce bags, totaling 48 ounces of jelly beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Jelly Belly Belly Flops gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, this product is labeled gluten-free; check packaging for full ingredient details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002520096851,"sku":"B00OJNY226","price":98.03,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-belly-flops-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787189783"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-sport-beans-energizing-jelly-beans-24-x-1-oz-packs-portable-100-calorie-fuel-with-electrolytes-b-vitamins","title":"Jelly Belly Sport Beans energizing jelly beans, 24 x 1 oz packs — portable 100-calorie fuel with electrolytes \u0026 B vitamins","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Sport Beans are single-serve energizing jelly beans designed to fuel and replenish during exercise with carbohydrates, electrolytes and vitamins in a portable 1-ounce pack.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for active days and on-the-go workouts, Jelly Belly Sport Beans combine quick-release carbohydrates with sodium, potassium and B vitamins to support energy and fluid balance while you train. Each individually wrapped 1-ounce pouch delivers 100 calories and 25 grams of carbs, plus vitamin C and B vitamins made from non-GMO ingredients and natural flavors. The resealable packs fit easily into pockets, hydration belts or gym bags for convenient fueling before or during activity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly do these Sport Beans provide energy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSport Beans give rapid fuel through simple carbohydrates that your body can use right away. Eating one 1-ounce pack about 30 minutes before exercise helps top up glycogen stores, and you can consume more during prolonged activity to maintain energy levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach pack contains 25 grams of carbohydrates for fast fuel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne pouch equals a 100-calorie single serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsume a pack 30 minutes prior to or during exercise as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo they help with hydration or electrolyte replacement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese beans include a modest balance of electrolytes—sodium and potassium—to support fluid balance when you sweat. While not a complete hydration solution, they can complement water or sports drinks to help replace minerals lost during moderate to intense activity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFormulated with sodium and potassium for electrolyte support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBest used alongside regular fluid intake for hydration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient pockets of electrolytes when carrying liquids is impractical.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutrients and certifications do the packs provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeyond carbs and electrolytes, Sport Beans supply B vitamins (Thiamin, Riboflavin, Niacin) and vitamin C to assist energy metabolism and antioxidant protection of cells during exercise. The product is gluten-free, peanut-free, OU Kosher certified, and made in the USA with non-GMO ingredients and natural colors and flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes vitamins B1, B2, B3 and vitamin C for metabolic support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten-free and peanut-free, with OU Kosher certification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatural flavors and colors; manufactured in the United States.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are the packs designed for portability and use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 1-ounce serving is individually wrapped and resealable, so you can toss a pack into a pocket, fuel belt, or gym bag without worrying about spills. The small size makes them ideal for short efforts or to carry multiple packs for longer events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped, resealable 1-oz pouches for single servings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to carry in pockets, belts, or backpacks for quick access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssorted flavors keep fueling tasty and varied during training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Jelly Belly Sport Beans suit recreational athletes, runners, cyclists, gym-goers and anyone needing compact, quick carbohydrates and light electrolyte support during activity. They’re a practical choice when you want portable energy with familiar candy-style flavors, especially if you prefer products that are gluten-free, peanut-free and made with natural ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCANE SUGAR, TAPIOCA SYRUP, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: CITRIC ACID, APPLE JUICE FROM CONCENTRATE, LIME JUICE FROM CONCENTRATE, RASPBERRY JUICE FROM PUREE, CITRUS PECTIN, LEMON JUICE FROM PUREE, ORANGE JUICE FROM PUREE, PEAR JUICE FROM CONCENTRATE, NATURAL FLAVOR, THIAMINE HYDROCHLORIDE (VITAMIN B1), RIBOFLAVIN (VITAMIN B2), NIACINAMIDE (VITAMIN B3), ASCORBIC ACID (VITAMIN C), POTASSIUM CITRATE, SODIUM CITRATE, SODIUM LACTATE, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE, COLOR ADDED, VEGETABLE AND FRUIT JUICE (COLOR), CURCUMIN (COLOR), BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, SALT.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many carbs are in one 1-ounce pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 1-ounce pack contains 25 grams of carbohydrates and provides 100 calories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Sport Beans gluten or peanut free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—Jelly Belly Sport Beans are gluten-free and peanut-free, and OU Kosher certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002919899219,"sku":"B004ETD2E4","price":89.23,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-sport-beans-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787199091"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-harry-potter-jelly-slugs-candy-bags-2-1-oz-12-count-case-assorted-flavors","title":"Jelly Belly Harry Potter Jelly Slugs Candy Bags — 2.1 oz 12-Count Case, Assorted Flavors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Harry Potter Jelly Slugs are chewy, character-shaped gummy candies in five flavors delivered in twelve convenient 2.1-ounce official bags.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese licensed Harry Potter treats bring playful, potion-bottle charm to parties, movie nights, classroom rewards, and trick-or-treaters. Each bag contains a mix of banana, pear, sour tangerine, watermelon, and intense cherry gummi slugs shaped to echo the magical world—made by Jelly Belly, a well-known candy maker. The case includes 12 sealed 2.1 oz bags, ideal for sharing, gifting, or stocking a candy bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are inside each Jelly Belly Harry Potter Jelly Slugs bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery 2.1 oz bag contains an assortment of five distinct flavors so you get a variety of chewy tastes in every package. Flavors range from fruity and sweet to tart for a balanced mix that appeals to kids and adults alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBanana — soft, sweet banana flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePear — mellow, juicy pear notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSour Tangerine — bright, tangy citrus punch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWatermelon — refreshing summer fruit taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntense Cherry — bold, classic cherry flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these Jelly Slugs suitable for people with dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly Harry Potter Jelly Slugs are formulated without fat, gluten, or peanuts, making them suitable for many common dietary needs. Always check the package ingredient list for updates and for allergen statements that might affect sensitive consumers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFat-free formulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free ingredient sourcing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free manufacturing claim on package\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck labeling for other allergens and ingredient changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these 2.1 oz bags and why buy a 12-count case?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe single 2.1 oz bags are sized for individual giveaways, party favors, or sample treats, while the 12-count case supplies enough for an event or to restock a candy bowl. Buying the case reduces the need for repeated purchases and keeps a steady supply for themed activities or retail displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for party favor bags and classroom treats\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for trick-or-treat handouts and movie-night snacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient for resellers, events, or sharing with a group\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually sealed bags keep product fresh and portable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do Jelly Slugs compare to other novelty candies for events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese Jelly Belly slugs combine licensed Harry Potter appeal with recognizable Jelly Belly quality, offering a themed alternative to generic gummies. Their character-shaped design and official branding make them particularly appealing for fan-focused gatherings and merchandising displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOfficially licensed Harry Potter item for themed authenticity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCharacter shapes add novelty and display value\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent Jelly Belly flavor standards and texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually portioned bags for easy distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Fans of the Harry Potter universe, event planners, parents organizing themed parties, candy retailers, and anyone looking for portioned novelty gummies will find this 12-count case useful. If you want a convenient quantity of officially branded, fat-free, gluten-free, peanut-free gummi slugs that mix fun shapes with five approachable flavors, this Jelly Belly Harry Potter Jelly Slugs pack is suited to casual snacking, gifting, and themed celebrations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many bags are included in the case?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The case contains twelve 2.1-ounce individually sealed bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these Jelly Slugs gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, Jelly Belly labels these Harry Potter Jelly Slugs as gluten-free and fat-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003005784147,"sku":"B07MTN3MVD","price":104.44,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-harry-potter-jelly-slugs-front-package.jpg?v=1787201472"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-jelly-beans-3-lb-bag-50-flavor-assortment-kosher-certified-resealable","title":"Jelly Belly Jelly Beans 3 lb Bag — 50-Flavor Assortment, Kosher Certified, Resealable","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly 3 Pound Bag delivers 50 distinct jelly bean flavors in a resealable, kosher-certified pack ideal for sharing, snacking, and events.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you’re stocking up for a party, building a candy bar, or simply want a wide variety of flavors at home, this 3 pound bag from Jelly Belly offers an easy, gluten-free option. The assortment spans classic tastes and adventurous varieties, all contained in a resealable bag that preserves freshness and simplifies storage. Kosher certification makes this an inclusive choice for guests with dietary preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor variety can I expect from this 50-flavor assortment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag contains a curated mix of 50 unique Jelly Belly flavors, balancing fruit, dessert, beverage, and novelty notes. You’ll find signature flavors like Very Cherry and Buttered Popcorn alongside unexpected selections that surprise the palate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes fruity, sour, sweet, and novelty flavor profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombination of Jelly Belly classics and seasonal favorites\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRandomized mix; exact ratios vary by pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the packaging keep beans fresh and easy to use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe beans arrive in a durable, resealable bag designed for repeated opening without spilling contents. The flexible pouch reduces exposure to air and humidity, so flavors remain vivid between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable zipper for airtight storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlexible, tear-resistant bag for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity eliminates frequent refills for events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product suitable for people with dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. These Jelly Belly jelly beans are gluten free and bear kosher certification, making them appropriate for many dietary needs. Always check the package ingredients and certification marks if you have specific allergies or dietary requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher certified to meet religious dietary standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten free—safer for those with gluten intolerance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIngredient list on pack for other allergy checks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use a 3 pound bag for events or gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe generous size makes this bag versatile for parties, candy buffets, corporate events, and gift baskets. Portion into jars, favor bags, or decorative bowls for easy presentation and quick refills throughout your event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for candy stations, bulk gifting, or baking accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to portion into small favor bags or glass jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for schools, offices, and holiday gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This 3 pound bag of Jelly Belly jelly beans is a smart pick for hosts, event planners, and families who want broad flavor options without buying multiple small packs. It also fits budget-conscious shoppers who prefer a single bulk purchase, and anyone looking for gluten-free and kosher-certified candy options for inclusive entertaining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar,Corn Syrup,Modified Food Starch,Contains 2% Or Less Of Each Of The Following: Peach Puree Concentrate,Blackberry Puree,Strawberry Puree,Blueberry Puree,Raspberry Puree,Strawberry Juice Concentrate,Apple Juice Concentrate,Banana Puree,Plum Juice Concentrate,Cherry Juice Concentrate,Chocolate Liquor,Cocoa Butter,Soy Lecithin (An Emulsifier),Coconut,Lemon Puree,Orange Puree,Lime Juice Concentrate,Tangerine Juice Concentrate,Watermelon Juice Concentrate,Grapefruit Juice Concentrate,Pineapple Juice Concentrate,Cantaloupe Powder,Pomegranate Juice Concentrate,Pear Juice Concentrate,Kiwi Juice Concentrate,Mango Puree,Mango Juice Concentrate,Passion Fruit Juice Concentrate,Citric Acid,Fumaric Acid,Lactic Acid,Malic Acid,Phosphoric Acid,Ascorbic Acid,Sodium Lactate,Sodium Citrate,Cocoa Powder,Natural And Artificial Flavors,Coffee,Color Added,Red 40 Lake,Yellow 5 \u0026amp; 6 Lake,Blue 1 \u0026amp; 2 Lake,Yellow 5 \u0026amp; 6,Red 40,Blue 1,Vegetable And Fruit Juice (Color),Tapioca Dextrin,Vanilla Beans,Beeswax,Carnauba Wax,Confectioner's Glaze,Salt,Caffeine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, this 3 pound Jelly Belly bag is labeled gluten free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does the bag reseal to keep beans fresh?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the pack includes a resealable zipper to preserve freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003040092243,"sku":"B073JDNDJ1","price":113.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787202444"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-50-flavor-jelly-bean-box-21-oz-assorted-flavors-compartmented-gift-set-with-flavor-guide","title":"Jelly Belly 50-Flavor Jelly Bean Box — 21 oz Assorted Flavors, Compartmented Gift Set with Flavor Guide","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Jelly Belly 50-Flavor Box is a curated 21-ounce assortment containing every flavor from the brand’s official 50-flavor lineup in a compartmentalized gift box.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis boxed set brings together Jelly Belly’s full spectrum of jelly bean flavors, from fruit-forward classics to novelty tastes, arranged so each variety is easy to find and sample. The collection ships straight from the maker and includes a printed flavor guide on the inside lid so recipients can identify each bean. It’s presented by weight (21 ounces total) and is ideal for gift-giving, party snacks, snacking at the office, or sampling new favorites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat exactly comes inside the 50-flavor box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box contains one pound-plus (21 ounces) of jelly beans representing the brand’s entire official 50-flavor lineup. Beans are sorted into compartments and the lid includes a flavor chart that maps bean positions to flavor names.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eComplete flavor range: from Very Cherry, Buttered Popcorn, and Green Apple to Coconut, Sizzling Cinnamon, and Toasted Marshmallow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSorted compartments for quick selection and gifting presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor guide printed on the inside lid for easy identification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight: 21 ounces total (over 1 pound) for sampling and sharing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long will the jelly beans stay fresh and what are dietary details?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly jelly beans have a shelf life of up to 24 months when unopened and stored in a cool, dry place. They’re made with attention to ingredient quality and many are made with natural flavors when possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24-month shelf life from production when properly stored.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified; gluten free, peanut free, dairy free, fat free, and vegetarian friendly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach bean contains approximately four calories for easy portioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight rather than by volume—actual count may vary by flavor size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho should buy the 50-flavor assortment and how can it be used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis set is for anyone who enjoys exploring flavor variety—gift shoppers, party hosts, office snackers, and Jelly Belly collectors. The compartmentalized box and flavor guide make it a practical choice for sampling, themed mixes, or as a colorful centerpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat as a birthday, holiday, or corporate gift with broad appeal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for party candy stations and mix-your-own flavor games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUseful for product tastings, office treats, and candy-themed events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient for families who want many flavors without buying multiple bags.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I do if my order arrives damaged or tastes off?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly prioritizes customer satisfaction—keep any uneaten candy and its original packaging, then contact Jelly Belly with your order number so a representative can assist. The brand aims to ensure products arrive fresh and in excellent condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSave packaging and uneaten candy if you need to report an issue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContact Jelly Belly customer service with order number for resolution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProducts are shipped to preserve freshness; inspect upon arrival.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The Jelly Belly 50-Flavor Box is designed for anyone who loves variety and discovery in candy—collectors, party hosts, gift buyers, and families who want a curated selection of official Jelly Belly flavors in a single, easy-to-use box. It’s especially convenient for people who prefer pre-sorted assortments with a flavor guide and for those seeking allergen-conscious treats thanks to its gluten-, dairy-, peanut-free, and vegetarian-friendly profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot available\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the 50-flavor box kosher and allergen-friendly?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Jelly Belly jelly beans are OU Kosher and are gluten free, peanut free, dairy free, fat free, and vegetarian friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many ounces are in the assortment and how is it sold?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The box contains 21 ounces of jelly beans and is sold by weight, not by volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003046482003,"sku":"B002UUJ590","price":103.81,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-50-flavor-box-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787202784"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-jelly-beans-20-flavor-trial-packs-35-oz-80-individually-sealed-sample-pouches","title":"Jelly Belly Jelly Beans 20-Flavor Trial Packs .35 oz — 80 Individually Sealed Sample Pouches","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Jelly Beans 20-Flavor Trial Pack delivers tiny, true-to-life gourmet jelly beans in convenient .35-ounce sample pouches—80 packs perfect for sharing, giveaways, or tasting every flavor.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese trial-size packets put Jelly Belly’s classic gourmet jelly beans into easy portioned servings so you can taste a variety of flavors without committing to a large bag. Each small pack contains just a handful of beans so you can enjoy single flavors or mix-and-match combinations to discover new favorites. The selection includes 20 distinct flavors that showcase the brand’s signature attention to realistic, concentrated taste and bright color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich flavors are included in this 20-flavor assortment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assortment features a broad range of profiles from fruity to dessert-inspired and unexpectedly savory. You’ll find familiar fruit notes as well as playful specialty flavors that have made Jelly Belly a staple for candy fans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlueberry, Very Cherry, Watermelon, Green Apple\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBubble Gum, Cotton Candy, Tutti-Fruitti, Sunkist Lemon\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrange Sherbet, Sunkist Tangerine, Lemon Lime, Juicy Pear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeach, Piña Colada, Strawberry Cheesecake, Toasted Marshmallow\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eButtered Popcorn, Coconut, Licorice, Sizzling Cinnamon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do the trial-size packs make the candy convenient?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach .35-ounce trial packet provides a compact, pre-measured serving ideal for events, party favors, or quick tastings. The small size minimizes waste, fits easily into gift bags or pockets, and gives guests or customers a tidy single-serving treat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e80 individually sealed packs for grab-and-go portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to distribute at parties, classrooms, and trade shows\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for sample testing or flavor-pairing experiments\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable for travel, lunches, or on-the-go snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I know about ingredients, nutrition, and dietary preferences?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly jelly beans are formulated to accommodate many common dietary needs while keeping the recipe flavorful. Each bean is low in calories and free from several major allergens, and the product carries kosher certification for added reassurance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 4 calories per jelly bean for light indulgence\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian-friendly and fat-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured without gluten, peanuts, or dairy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher Certified and made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these packs for events, gifts, or recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact packs are versatile: hand them out as favors, include them in gift baskets, or use them to experiment with Jelly Belly flavor combinations. They also work well for themed parties or promotional giveaways where single-serve convenience is important.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParty favors and place settings for birthdays or weddings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSamples for retail counters, booths, and corporate events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIngredients for homemade flavor mixes or dessert toppings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy additions to candy buffets and classroom rewards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? These 80 trial-size packs are ideal for anyone who wants to sample Jelly Belly’s classic flavor range without buying large quantities—event planners, teachers, business owners needing giveaways, parents building party bags, and candy lovers who enjoy exploring flavors. If you appreciate true-to-life candy flavors, small convenient portions, and allergen-friendly treats, this assortment provides a practical, colorful way to taste Jelly Belly’s best-loved beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Artificial Flavor, Stearic Acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many beans are in each .35-ounce trial pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each .35-ounce pack holds a small handful of beans—perfect for one serving or a quick sample.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans gluten or peanut free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Jelly Belly jelly beans are gluten free and made without peanuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003093635155,"sku":"B000IKDIWY","price":98.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-front-packaging-trial-packs.jpg?v=1787204565"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-sugar-free-jelly-beans-12-pack-12-x-2-8-oz-assorted-flavors-splenda-sweetened-gluten-and-dairy-free","title":"Jelly Belly Sugar-Free Jelly Beans 12-Pack (12 x 2.8 oz) Assorted Flavors — SPLENDA Sweetened, Gluten- and Dairy-Free","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Sugar-Free jelly beans are bite-sized, brand-authentic confections made with SPLENDA to deliver classic Jelly Belly flavors without added sugar.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\nThese 12-count packs contain individually sealed 2.8-ounce bags of assorted sugar-free Jelly Belly beans produced by the original maker. Each bag mixes popular flavors so you get a portable, low-sugar treat that preserves the brand’s signature textures and taste palette. The beans are certified OU Kosher and formulated to be fat-, gluten- and dairy-free, making them an accessible snack for many dietary preferences.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how true are they to the original Jelly Belly taste?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sugar-free assortment replicates many of the brand’s classic notes using alternative sweeteners. Expect familiar profiles such as cherry, citrus and licorice, crafted to resemble the original flavor experience while omitting sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes popular flavors like Very Cherry, Tangerine, Green Apple, Juicy Pear and Licorice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTen top flavors rotated through the assortment for variety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweetened with SPLENDA to keep flavor intensity with reduced sugar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade by Jelly Belly for consistent taste and texture expectations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for people with common food sensitivities?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the formulation avoids several common allergens and dietary triggers. They are peanut-free and carry OU Kosher certification, and the recipe is free from dairy and gluten.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free production reduces cross-contact risk for nut allergies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFat-free composition for a lighter ingredient profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and dairy-free to suit varied diets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified by the Orthodox Union for kosher consumers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow convenient are these 2.8 oz bags for everyday use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact, resealable-style bags are designed for on-the-go enjoyment and portion control. A 12-count case supplies multiple small packs ideal for stashing in purses, lunchboxes, backpacks or travel kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwelve 2.8-ounce bags per case for sharing and easy distribution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall size supports portion awareness and travel-friendly snacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually bagged for freshness and simple gifting or event use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLightweight packaging ideal for carrying or packing in trips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store them and what is the shelf life?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the bags sealed and stored in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve flavor and texture. When unopened and stored properly, these candies maintain quality for a typical confection shelf life; follow any printed best-by date for guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry cupboard or pantry away from heat sources.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid humid conditions to prevent texture changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsume by the printed best-by date for peak flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOnce opened, reseal or transfer to an airtight container for freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nWho is this for\n\nThese sugar-free Jelly Belly beans suit anyone craving the brand’s iconic flavors without added sugar — including calorie-conscious snackers, travelers, or hosts planning portioned treats. They also fit dietary needs that require peanut-free, gluten-free, dairy-free, and kosher-certified options, making them a versatile choice for parties, workplace bowls, or everyday snacking.\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVery Cherry, Tangerine, Green Apple, Juicy Pear\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans truly sugar-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. They are made with SPLENDA and contain no added sugar while preserving Jelly Belly flavor profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do these contain common allergens like peanuts or dairy?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. The product is peanut-free, dairy-free, gluten-free and OU Kosher certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003134627923,"sku":"B018430KTK","price":110.29,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-front-packaging_5e424ffc-197e-4a36-90f9-81dbe5db3ca0.jpg?v=1787206180"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-strawberry-cheesecake-jelly-beans-1-lb-16-oz-resealable-bag-real-strawberry-juice","title":"Jelly Belly Strawberry Cheesecake Jelly Beans — 1 lb (16 oz) Resealable Bag, Real Strawberry Juice","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Strawberry Cheesecake Jelly Beans are bite-sized confections that combine creamy cheesecake notes with real strawberry juice in a one-pound resealable bag.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy the classic dessert flavor without utensils or refrigeration — a portable, shelf-stable treat crafted by Jelly Belly. These jelly beans deliver a rich, creamy strawberry cheesecake taste using real strawberry juice, packaged in a 16‑ounce resealable pouch to keep beans fresh. Each bag is made at the source and carries Jelly Belly's quality standards, including clear allergen and dietary details for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these Strawberry Cheesecake jelly beans different from other candy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRather than a simple fruit note, these beans are layered to mimic a dessert profile — a creamy cheesecake essence balanced with natural strawberry juice for authenticity. Jelly Belly formulates each bean to emphasize flavor clarity and mouthfeel, aiming for a more grown-up candy experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavored with real strawberry juice for a natural fruity backbone\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreamy cheesecake profile that avoids artificial heaviness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCrafted by Jelly Belly’s flavor specialists for consistent taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 400 beans per one-pound bag for sharing or snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store them and how long will they stay fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe beans come in a resealable 16‑ounce bag that helps preserve texture and flavor after opening. Stored in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight, the jelly beans maintain their quality for up to 24 months from production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable pouch for everyday freshness and portability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBest kept in cool, dry conditions — no refrigeration needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24‑month shelf life when stored properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these safe for people with common allergens or dietary preferences?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly labels this product to support many diets and allergy concerns: the Strawberry Cheesecake jelly beans are OU Kosher, gluten-free, peanut-free, dairy-free, fat-free and suitable for vegetarians. While formulated to minimize certain allergens, always check current packaging for ingredient updates if you have severe allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free and gluten-free for reduced cross-contact risk\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDairy-free and fat-free, with vegetarian-friendly ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOnly about four calories per bean for portion-conscious snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these jelly beans — gifting, snacking, or events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe one-pound resealable bag is versatile: perfect for topping dessert tables, filling favor bags, sharing on road trips, or keeping at your desk for quick sweet moments. Their recognizable flavor makes them a convenient way to add a dessert-inspired accent to parties without spoiling space for fresh desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill candy dishes, party favors, or decorative jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to portion for gatherings or movie-night bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable and nonperishable — ideal for travel and picnics\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight (approximately 400 beans per pound), not volume\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? If you love dessert-style candy or want a portable, shelf-stable treat with genuine strawberry flavor and a creamy cheesecake character, this Jelly Belly one-pound bag is designed for you. It's especially well suited to hosts, candy lovers seeking a premium flavored bean, people with certain dietary restrictions, and anyone who wants a nostalgic yet refined sweet snack straight from Jelly Belly's factory standards. Contact the seller if you have questions — Jelly Belly offers a product guarantee and customer support for any concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, STRAWBERRY JUICE FROM PUREE, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: CITRIC ACID, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, COLOR ADDED, RED 40 LAKE, RED 40, YELLOW 5 LAKE, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many jelly beans are in a one-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 400 beans per one-pound (16 oz) bag, sold by weight, not volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these Jelly Belly beans gluten or dairy free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — they are labeled gluten-free and dairy-free, plus OU Kosher and peanut-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003176767571,"sku":"B0015D87ME","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-strawberry-cheesecake-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787207742"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-fruit-bowl-jelly-beans-9-8-oz-bag-16-assorted-true-to-life-fruit-flavors","title":"Jelly Belly Fruit Bowl Jelly Beans — 9.8 oz Bag, 16 Assorted True-to-Life Fruit Flavors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eJelly Belly Fruit Bowl Jelly Beans are a 9.8-ounce bag of 16 distinct, true-to-life fruit flavors for snacking, baking, or candy bowls.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBright, bite-sized, and packed with recognizable fruit tastes, this assortment from Jelly Belly brings a variety of citrus, berry and tropical notes in every handful. Each bean is crafted to deliver a concentrated, faithful flavor without dairy, peanuts or gluten, making them a convenient sweet option for sharing, gifting or creative recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how authentic do they taste?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fruit Bowl mix contains 16 popular fruit flavors, each designed to mimic the real thing with a vivid, single-flavor profile. Expect clear, postcard-like notes from classics to tropical picks that read true to their names.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes citrus, berry, orchard and tropical fruit varieties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual beans focus on one recognizable fruit flavor per color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for a strong, immediate flavor hit in a small serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these jelly beans beyond snacking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFruit Bowl Jelly Beans are versatile: they’re great straight from the bag, added to party bowls, or incorporated into desserts and homemade confections. Jelly Belly also encourages imaginative uses in recipes that layer complementary sweets and textures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle over ice cream or yogurt for concentrated fruit bursts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as colorful accents on cakes, cupcakes and party treats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortion into favor bags or mix into trail mixes for a sweet pop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dietary attributes should I know about these jelly beans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach jelly bean contains about 4 calories and the bag is formulated without gluten, dairy, peanuts and fat, making it approachable for several dietary preferences. They are also labeled vegetarian, supporting plant-based snack choices without animal-derived ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 4 calories per jelly bean for portion awareness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian and free of peanuts, dairy and gluten.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot a source of fat; read the nutrition panel for sugars and serving sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store them to keep flavor and texture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the sealed bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve flavor and chew. Once opened, re-seal or transfer to an airtight container to keep the candies from softening or picking up other odors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep at room temperature, out of heat and humidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReseal the bag or use a container to maintain crunch and taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for seasonal displays, candy dishes, or long-term pantry storage when unopened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Jelly Belly Fruit Bowl Jelly Beans suit anyone who loves vivid, single-flavor fruit candies—families, party hosts, bakers and people seeking vegetarian, gluten-free snack options. They’re a good choice for candy lovers who enjoy trying many concise fruit flavors in one grab-and-go package, or for creative cooks and crafters who want a colorful, flavorful ingredient for desserts and decorations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandy\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Jelly Belly Fruit Bowl Jelly Beans are labeled gluten-free and also free of dairy and peanuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many calories are in one jelly bean?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each Jelly Belly jelly bean contains about 4 calories, useful for portion control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003190202451,"sku":"B07FQYR44D","price":58.8,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-fruit-bowl-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787207950"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-pumpkin-pie-jelly-beans-grab-go-3-pack-3-x-3-5-oz-seasonal-spiced-flavor-resealable-bags","title":"Jelly Belly Pumpkin Pie Jelly Beans Grab \u0026 Go 3-Pack — 3 x 3.5 oz, seasonal spiced flavor, resealable bags","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Pumpkin Pie Grab \u0026amp; Go Bags are three 3.5-ounce packets of pumpkin-pie–inspired jelly beans packaged inside an official Jelly Belly branded tear-off bag for convenient holiday snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring the warm spices and sweetness of pumpkin pie to parties, stockings, or a personal candy stash with this seasonal 3-pack. Each individual resealable Grab \u0026amp; Go bag contains perfectly portioned, gluten-free, nut-free, dairy-free jelly beans made by Jelly Belly’s Master Candy Makers. The set arrives pre-packed inside an official Jelly Belly plastic tear-off bag, ready for gifting, handing out, or keeping at your desk for quick autumn treats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor experience do these pumpkin pie jelly beans deliver?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese jelly beans are crafted to echo the familiar notes of pumpkin pie—sweet pumpkin, warm cinnamon, and a touch of nutmeg—without being overly sugary. The flavor profile is designed to be recognizable and festive while keeping the chewy Jelly Belly texture people expect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweet pumpkin center notes balanced with baking spices\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubtle buttery undertone reminiscent of pie crust\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDistinctive Jelly Belly chew and finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFour calories per bean for portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow convenient are the Grab \u0026amp; Go Bags for events and gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 3.5-ounce bag is sized for single-person snacking, party favors, or classroom treats, and the three-pack adds value and flexibility. The resealable bags help keep candies fresh, and the included Jelly Belly tear-off bag makes the set gift-ready with minimal wrapping required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThree individual 3.5 oz resealable bags per package\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-packaged in a Jelly Belly branded plastic tear-off bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to drop into stockings, goodie bags, or candy dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable for travel, commuting, or office desks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for guests with allergies or dietary limits?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly Pumpkin Pie jelly beans are made without gluten, peanuts, dairy, and fat, making them a broadly allergy-friendly option for many gatherings. While they avoid common allergens listed, always check the product label for full ingredient and cross-contact information if you have severe sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten free, peanut free, and dairy free formulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFat free candy with low calories per bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in facilities following Jelly Belly quality standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecommended to verify label for specific allergy concerns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these pumpkin pie jelly beans during the holidays?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese seasonal jelly beans work well as a festive accent across holiday applications—scatter them in candy bowls, add to dessert bars, or use as portioned favors at fall parties. Their themed flavor and compact bags make them easy to integrate into decorations, classroom rewards, or event giveaways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill candy dishes for Thanksgiving or fall gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInclude as individual favors in party or wedding gift bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as stocking stuffers or small teacher gifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDecorate dessert tables and candy buffets with seasonal color\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This three-pack of Jelly Belly Pumpkin Pie Grab \u0026amp; Go Bags is ideal for anyone who wants a convenient, seasonal candy option—hosts planning fall events, teachers assembling classroom treats, shoppers seeking simple stocking stuffers, and Jelly Belly fans craving nostalgic autumn flavor. It also suits shoppers looking for allergy-friendly, portion-controlled candy from a trusted brand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many bags come in this pack and what size are they?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: You get three 3.5-ounce resealable Grab \u0026amp; Go bags included inside an official Jelly Belly tear-off bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans free from common allergens?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, they are gluten free, peanut free, dairy free, and fat free, but check the label for cross-contact details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003197771859,"sku":"B0FZXFGDVY","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-front-packaging-pumpkin-pie.jpg?v=1787208253"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-pumpkin-pie-jelly-beans-3-pack-grab-go-bags-3-x-3-5-oz-resealable-seasonal-spice-flavor","title":"Jelly Belly Pumpkin Pie Jelly Beans 3-Pack Grab \u0026 Go Bags — 3 x 3.5 oz, resealable seasonal spice flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese are three 3.5-ounce Grab \u0026amp; Go bags of Jelly Belly Pumpkin Pie–flavored jelly beans, packaged together in an official Jelly Belly branded plastic tear-off bag for easy sharing and seasonal snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want a compact, festive candy option for fall gatherings, classroom treats, or quick office snacks, this 3-pack delivers Pumpkin Pie–inspired flavors in perfectly portioned resealable pouches. Each jelly bean is crafted by Jelly Belly’s Master Candy Makers to echo the sweet, spiced notes of pumpkin pie while remaining easy to carry and store. The set includes a Jelly Belly plastic tear-off bag for tidy presentation and transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor experience do these Pumpkin Pie jelly beans provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix aims to capture the warm spices and sweet filling of a classic pumpkin pie in bite-sized jelly beans. Flavors blend sweet pumpkin notes with cinnamon and spice accents to create a seasonal candy profile without overwhelming sugar heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePumpkin and warm spice-inspired flavoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubtle sweetness designed to resemble pie filling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, chewy Jelly Belly texture in every bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent flavor across the small batch mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow convenient is the packaging for gifting or on-the-go snacking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 3.5 oz Grab \u0026amp; Go bag is sized for single-person enjoyment or small sharing, and the pack of three is bundled inside an official Jelly Belly tear-off bag for neat storage. The individual bags are resealable, so you can portion out servings and keep leftover beans fresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThree separate 3.5 oz resealable bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBundled in a branded Jelly Belly plastic tear-off bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to tuck into lunch boxes, stockings, or party favor kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-portioned to reduce waste and simplify serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for people with common food allergies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly Pumpkin Pie jelly beans are formulated to be allergy-friendly for many common sensitivities. They are gluten-free, peanut-free, dairy-free, and fat-free, letting more guests enjoy holiday treats with fewer ingredient concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and peanut-free formulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDairy-free and fat-free candy option\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately four calories per bean (small portion control)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduced under Jelly Belly’s quality and flavor standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this 3-pack at fall events and parties?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact, themed bags make this 3-pack versatile for seasonal entertaining, classroom celebrations, or simple home enjoyment. Use them as individual favors, mix into candy buffets, or keep one at your desk for a quick autumn-flavored treat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for Thanksgiving place settings and favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat addition to candy buffets and holiday dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for classroom rewards and party goodie bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandy for travel, office desks, or snack drawers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This Jelly Belly Pumpkin Pie 3-pack suits anyone looking for seasonal, portable candy—hosts building holiday treat assortments, teachers assembling small giveaways, office snackers who want portion-controlled sweets, and fans of pumpkin-spice flavors seeking a nostalgic, chewy candy option without common allergens like peanuts or gluten.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many beans are in each 3.5 oz Grab \u0026amp; Go bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 3.5 oz bag contains a portion-sized number of jelly beans, suitable for a single snack; exact count varies by bean size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these Pumpkin Pie jelly beans gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — Jelly Belly Pumpkin Pie jelly beans are labeled gluten-free, and they are also peanut-free, dairy-free, and fat-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003200327763,"sku":"B0FZX9S5P7","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-front-packaging-pumpkin-pie_00e961ab-535c-4a14-a8ba-da595b4730d3.jpg?v=1787208274"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-49-assorted-jelly-beans-3-lb-clear-resealable-can-party-ready-mix-of-49-flavors","title":"Jelly Belly 49 Assorted Jelly Beans — 3 lb Clear Resealable Can, Party-Ready Mix of 49 Flavors","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly 49 Assorted Jelly Beans in a 3-pound clear can is a shareable tin of 49 official flavors, ready for parties, refilling dispensers, or everyday snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\nThis large clear can holds three pounds of Jelly Belly jelly beans—roughly 1,200 beans by weight—featuring 49 carefully selected flavors (Chili Mango was excluded for being too spicy for the mix). The beans are made using natural ingredients when possible and packaged to preserve freshness; they’re OU Kosher, gluten-free, peanut-free, dairy-free, fat-free, and vegetarian-friendly, with about four calories per bean.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how varied is the mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou get a broad spectrum of fruit, cream, soda, and novelty flavors: everything from Sunkist Orange and Very Cherry to Cappuccino and Toasted Marshmallow. The mix balances bright citrus and berry notes with richer dessert and soda-inspired choices for a crowd-pleasing selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e49 official Jelly Belly flavors such as Berry Blue, Mango, Lemon Drop, and Buttered Popcorn\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombination of fruit, beverage, and dessert-inspired flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMany flavors include real fruit juice for authentic taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the product packaged and how long will it stay fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe beans arrive in a resealable clear can designed for display and sharing, and the product is sold by weight rather than volume. Jelly Belly jelly beans have a 24-month shelf life when stored in a cool, dry place and the can helps maintain freshness between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable 3 lb clear can for easy serving and storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight (3 pounds), approximately 400 beans per pound\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24-month shelf life when unopened and stored properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for people with dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—these beans accommodate many common dietary needs: they’re OU Kosher, gluten-free, peanut-free, dairy-free, fat-free, and vegetarian-friendly. Always check ingredient details for individual flavor sensitivities and consult packaging for the most current allergen statements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFree from peanuts, dairy, gluten, and fat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian-friendly with many flavors using natural fruit juice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use three pounds of Jelly Belly jelly beans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe generous can is ideal for entertaining, refilling a Jelly Belly Bean Machine or candy dispenser, or portioning into party favors. It’s also practical for office bowls, candy buffets, seasonal displays, and snacking at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for parties, sports events, and family gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefill compatible with Jelly Belly dispensers and machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for candy buffets, gift jars, and themed displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nWho is this for: Anyone who wants a large, ready-to-serve assortment of premium jelly beans—hosts planning a party, businesses stocking candy dispensers, families that love variety, or fans building flavor collections. If you appreciate bold fruit notes, classic soda and dessert flavors, and the convenience of a resealable three-pound can, this Jelly Belly assortment delivers a wide range of tastes and simple storage. For questions about freshness or packaging, keep any uneaten candy and the can, then contact Jelly Belly with your order number so their customer service team can assist.\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThis is 3 pounds of fresh-from-the-factory assorted flavors goodness in a resealable clear can\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for refilling a candy dispenser, like one of our Jelly Belly Bean Machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMany flavors made with REAL fruit juice for sweet, juicy, true-to-life flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free, OU Kosher, Fat-free, Gluten-free and Dairy-free, with only four (4) calories per bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar,Corn Syrup,Modified Food Starch,Contains 2% Or Less Of The Following:Peach Puree Concentrate,Blackberry Puree,Strawberry Puree,Blueberry Puree,Raspberry Puree,Strawberry Juice Concentrate,Apple Juice Concentrate,Banana Puree,Plum Juice Concentrate,Cherry Juice Concentrate,Chocolate Liquor,Cocoa Butter,Coconut,Lemon Puree,Orange Puree,Lime Juice Concentrate,Tangerine Juice Concentrate,Watermelon Juice Concentrate,Grapefruit Juice Concentrate,Pineapple Juice Concentrate,Cantaloupe Powder,Pomegranate Juice Concentrate,Pear Juice Concentrate,Kiwi Juice Concentrate,Mango Puree,Mango Juice Concentrate,Passion Fruit Juice Concentrate,Citric Acid,Fumaric Acid,Lactic Acid,Malic Acid,Phosphoric Acid,Sodium Lactate,Sodium Citrate,Cocoa Powder,Natural And Artificial Flavors,Coffee,Color Added,Red 40 Lake,Yellow 5 \u0026amp; 6 Lake,Blue 1 \u0026amp; 2 Lake,Yellow 5 \u0026amp; 6,Red 40,Blue 1 \u0026amp; 2,Turmeric (Color),Vegetable And Fruit Juice (Color),Tapioca Dextrin,Vanilla Beans,Beeswax,Carnauba Wax,Confectioner's Glaze,Salt,Caffeine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many jelly beans are in the 3 lb can?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Approximately 1,200 beans total (around 400 beans per pound).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans nut-free and gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—Jelly Belly beans are peanut-free and gluten-free; check packaging for full allergen details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003201802323,"sku":"B009IFOOIM","price":58.8,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-clear-can-front.jpg?v=1787208355"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-candy-corn-1-lb-16-oz-resealable-bag-creamy-vanilla-mellocreme-texture","title":"Jelly Belly Candy Corn - 1 lb (16 oz) Resealable Bag, Creamy Vanilla Mellocreme Texture","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Candy Corn is a one-pound bag of classic, creamy vanilla mellocreme candy delivered in a resealable package for year-round enjoyment.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHandcrafted by Jelly Belly’s candymakers, this Candy Corn reinterprets the nostalgic favorite with the brand’s signature mellocreme texture and a smooth vanilla flavor. Packaged straight from the factory in a 16-ounce resealable bag, each pound contains approximately 415 pieces and carries a 14-month shelf life. These candies are certified OU Kosher by the Orthodox Union and are made to be peanut-free, fat-free, gluten-free, and dairy-free, making them an approachable treat for many dietary preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes Jelly Belly Candy Corn different from everyday candy corn?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly applies its confectionery expertise to the familiar candy corn shape, emphasizing a rich, creamy mouthfeel rather than a hard, crunchy texture. The result is a softer, mellower bite with balanced vanilla notes designed to appeal to fans of gourmet sweets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with a mellocreme base for a soft, creamy texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDistinguished by smooth vanilla flavor rather than intense sweetness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduced by Jelly Belly’s experienced candymakers with quality control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fresh is the candy and how should I store it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 16-ounce bag is sealed at the factory and intended to stay fresh for up to 14 months when unopened. The resealable zipper helps retain texture and flavor after opening; store the bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable bag preserves freshness between servings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e14-month shelf life when kept unopened under recommended conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry cabinet; avoid heat and humidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this candy suitable for people with food restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly Candy Corn is formulated to be free from common allergens and animal-derived dairy, and it is certified OU Kosher. However, it’s sold by weight and made on dedicated lines, so always review packaging and contact Jelly Belly if you have severe allergy concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free, fat-free, gluten-free, and dairy-free formulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrthodox Union (OU) Kosher certified for added dietary assurance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight—approximately 415 pieces per pound—confirming quantity variability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much candy do I get and what is the packaging like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 16-ounce bag provides roughly 415 pieces; actual counts vary slightly since products are sold by weight. The bag is designed for retail and home use, with clear branding, nutritional information, and a zipper closure to maintain freshness after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e16 ounces (1 pound) per resealable bag, labeled from the source.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 415 pieces per pound—sold by weight, not volume.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging includes ingredient, certification, and handling details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Jelly Belly Candy Corn is ideal for people who love classic seasonal treats but want a softer, creamier version they can enjoy any time of year. It suits hosts stocking candy bowls, party planners seeking allergy-friendly options, and fans of premium confections wanting a reliable, resealable package. If freshness, quality ingredients, and Kosher certification matter to you, this one-pound bag delivers a convenient, year-round supply of creamy vanilla mellocreme candy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: MODIFIED SOY PROTEIN, ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, SORBITOL, COLOR ADDED, YELLOW 6 LAKE, YELLOW 5, RED 3, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE, SALT\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces are in a one-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 415 pieces per pound on average; counts vary since product is sold by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Jelly Belly Candy Corn kosher and allergen-friendly?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It is OU Kosher certified and made peanut-free, fat-free, gluten-free, and dairy-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003249414227,"sku":"B0015D440S","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-candy-corn-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787209362"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-top-banana-jelly-beans-1-lb-resealable-bag-real-banana-flavor-kosher","title":"Jelly Belly Top Banana Jelly Beans - 1 lb Resealable Bag, Real Banana Flavor, Kosher","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Top Banana Jelly Beans are a one-pound resealable bag of jelly beans flavored with real banana puree for an authentic, fruity banana taste.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Top Banana jelly beans come straight from Jelly Belly and are crafted with real banana juice to deliver a bright, true-to-fruit flavor in every bite. Packaged in a 16-ounce resealable bag, the beans stay fresher longer for snacking, baking, or sharing. Each bag contains about 400 beans, is OU Kosher certified, and is friendly for many dietary needs—gluten free, dairy free, peanut free, fat free, and vegetarian. With a 24-month shelf life and a product guarantee from the maker, these banana jelly beans are a convenient, flavorful treat to keep on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these banana jelly beans taste like real bananas?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly uses banana puree\/real banana juice during flavoring to recreate the distinct sweetness and aromatic notes of fresh bananas. The result is a bean that leans toward natural banana characteristics rather than an overly artificial candy note.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavored with real banana puree for authentic banana aroma and taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced sweetness so the banana flavor comes through cleanly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent flavor profile across each batch for predictable snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the resealable bag keep the jelly beans fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 16-ounce bag features a zipper-style reseal that reduces air exposure after opening, preserving texture and flavor. Resealing is especially helpful for portion control and for keeping beans ready for multiple uses over weeks or months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZip-top closure minimizes moisture and staleness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight—approximately 400 beans per pound\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24-month shelf life when stored in a cool, dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for special diets and allergies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—Top Banana beans meet several common dietary requirements and allergen concerns. They are OU Kosher certified and free from gluten, peanuts, dairy, and fat, making them a versatile option for many households and gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified for dietary observance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten free, dairy free, peanut free, and fat free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian friendly and only about four calories per bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use a one-pound bag of Top Banana beans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA one-pound bag is sized for multiple uses: portioned snacks, party bowls, baking accents, or themed mixes. The bright banana flavor pairs well with chocolate, other fruit flavors, or as a colorful garnish for desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for party candy stations, candy jars, or movie-night snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as colorful toppings for cupcakes, cookies, or frozen treats\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with other Jelly Belly varieties for custom flavor assortments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Jelly Belly Top Banana Jelly Beans are best for banana-flavor fans, party hosts, bakers, and anyone who needs a dependable, diet-friendly candy option. If you want a true banana taste in a single-serving-sized jelly bean with the convenience of resealable packaging and a trusted candy maker guarantee, this one-pound bag is a practical and flavorful choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, BANANA JUICE FROM PUREE, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: MALIC ACID, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, COLOR ADDED, YELLOW 5 LAKE, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many jelly beans are in a one-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 400 beans per one-pound (16 oz) bag; sold by weight, not volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans allergen friendly?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — Jelly Belly Top Banana are OU Kosher, gluten free, dairy free, peanut free, and vegetarian friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003249545299,"sku":"B0015D61M2","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-top-banana-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787209365"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-blueberry-jelly-beans-1-lb-resealable-bag-real-blueberry-juice-gluten-free-snack","title":"Jelly Belly Blueberry Jelly Beans 1 lb Resealable Bag — Real Blueberry Juice, Gluten-Free Snack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Blueberry Jelly Beans are a one-pound resealable bag of jelly beans flavored with real blueberry juice for authentic fruity taste and convenient freshness.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese blueberry jelly beans are crafted by Jelly Belly using natural blueberry juice to deliver a bright, true-to-fruit flavor in every bite. Packaged in a 16-ounce resealable bag, the beans stay fresh and travel-ready for snacking, sharing, or gifting. Each bean is vegetarian friendly and free from dairy, peanuts, gluten and fat, making them a flexible treat for many diets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these Jelly Belly blueberries taste compared with other fruit flavors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blueberry flavor emphasizes natural juice notes rather than artificial sugariness, providing a clean, ripe berry profile. Expect a slightly tangy center with a glossy candy shell for a balanced sweet-and-fruit experience. Because real blueberry juice is used, the flavor leans more toward authentic berry than generic \"blue\" candy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavored with real blueberry juice for genuine berry notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubtle tang in the center balanced by a sweet outer shell\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent Jelly Belly texture—soft center, snappy shell\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 400 beans per pound for portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these jelly beans fit my dietary needs and food sensitivities?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly Blueberry Jelly Beans are OU Kosher certified and free from common allergens like peanuts and dairy. They are also gluten-free, fat-free, and vegetarian, which makes them suitable for many dietary preferences. Each bean contains about four calories, which helps with mindful snacking and recipe use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified for religious dietary standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free and dairy-free for allergy-conscious households\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and vegetarian friendly for broader diets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout four calories per bean for portion awareness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long do these jelly beans stay fresh and how are they packaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe candies are sold in a 16-ounce resealable bag that preserves freshness after opening. Jelly Belly recommends a 24-month shelf life when stored in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Because items are sold by weight, the bag contains roughly 400 beans but counts can vary slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable 16 oz (1 lb) bag for on-the-go freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24-month shelf life under proper storage conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight, not by volume—bean count may vary\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging made to protect flavor and appearance during shipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat if my order arrives damaged or I'm not satisfied?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly stands behind the quality and condition of its candy and packaging. If your product arrives with compromised freshness, damaged packaging, or other issues, keep any uneaten candy and the original packaging. Contact Jelly Belly customer service with your order number to address the problem and receive assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSave the uneaten candy and packaging if there's an issue\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContact Jelly Belly customer support with order details\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompany commits to making product condition right for customers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: These Jelly Belly Blueberry Jelly Beans are ideal for candy lovers who prefer authentic fruit flavor, event planners seeking patriotic-themed blue candy, and shoppers needing allergen-friendly sweets. They also work well for bakers who add candy accents to desserts, parents packing treats for parties, or anyone wanting a resealable bulk bag for everyday snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, BLUEBERRY JUICE FROM PUREE, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: CITRIC ACID, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, COLOR ADDED, BLUE 1 LAKE, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these blueberry jelly beans gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Jelly Belly Blueberry Jelly Beans are gluten-free, dairy-free, peanut-free, and OU Kosher certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many beans are in a one-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 400 beans per pound on average, but the count may vary since they are sold by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003249578067,"sku":"B0015D44FS","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-blueberry-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787209365"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-hot-cinnamon-bears-candy-1-lb-resealable-bag-intense-cinnamon-heat-chewy-gummi-texture","title":"Jelly Belly Hot Cinnamon Bears candy 1 lb resealable bag — intense cinnamon heat, chewy gummi texture","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Unbearably Hot Cinnamon Bears are fiery red gummi bears that deliver a bold cinnamon heat in a 1‑pound resealable bag for freshness.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you crave a chewy candy that leans toward intense spice rather than subtle sweetness, these Hot Cinnamon Bears are made to satisfy that preference. Each 16‑ounce bag comes straight from Jelly Belly and contains roughly 250 pieces, offering a long-lasting stash for sharing, snacking, or adding a spicy twist to party candy bowls. The candy is produced in a peanut‑free facility, certified OU Kosher by the Orthodox Union, and packaged to preserve flavor for up to 14 months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these cinnamon bears different from other gummi candies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese bears emphasize a pronounced cinnamon bite combined with the classic Jelly Belly chewy texture. The recipe uses high-quality ingredients and natural flavors when possible, so you get consistent heat and chew in every piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntense cinnamon flavor profile rather than mild fruitiness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChewy gummi texture characteristic of Jelly Belly confections\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 250 pieces per 16‑ounce bag for value and variety\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fresh will my candy arrive and how should I store it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bag is resealable to lock in freshness after opening, and the candies have a 14‑month shelf life from production. Store the bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to maintain texture and flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable 16 oz bag for extended freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBest kept in cool, dry conditions; avoid heat and humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduced and packaged to arrive in excellent condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these safe for people with nut allergies or special dietary needs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly makes these bears in a peanut‑free factory, reducing cross‑contact risk with peanuts. Additionally, the product is OU Kosher certified, and the company uses natural ingredients when feasible; however, always check the full ingredient list if you have specific allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in a peanut‑free facility to limit peanut exposure\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrthodox Union (OU) Kosher certified for dietary observance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight (16 oz), not volume; ingredient list available on packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho should choose these Unbearably Hot Cinnamon Bears?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis candy is ideal for anyone who enjoys bold, spicy sweets: fans of cinnamon heat, people creating themed party mixes, or those who want a memorable candy for events and gifts. If you prefer mild, fruity gummies, these may be stronger than expected; but if you like a confection that makes a statement, this bag delivers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly stands behind product quality—if your order arrives damaged or you’re not satisfied, keep any uneaten candy and packaging and contact Jelly Belly with your order number to resolve the issue. Thank you for choosing Jelly Belly for a spicy, chewy treat that’s unmistakably bold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, POTATO STARCH, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, YELLOW 5, RED 40.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces are in a 1 pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: A 16 oz bag contains approximately 250 gummi bears, though count can vary slightly by piece size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this product made in a peanut‑free facility?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Jelly Belly produces these Unbearably Hot Cinnamon Bears in a peanut‑free factory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003249676371,"sku":"B0015D61WM","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-front-packaging-hot-cinnamon-bears.jpg?v=1787209379"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-red-apple-jelly-beans-1-lb-resealable-bag-real-apple-juice-flavor-kosher","title":"Jelly Belly Red Apple Jelly Beans — 1 lb Resealable Bag, Real Apple Juice Flavor, Kosher","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Red Apple Jelly Beans are bite-sized, real-apple-juice flavored jelly beans sold in a 1-pound resealable bag for fresh, juicy snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Red Apple jelly beans take their inspiration from Macintosh apples and deliver a bright red shell with a chewy white center. Each bean is flavored using real apple juice for an unmistakably fruity profile without seeds or artificial grit. The 16-ounce resealable bag keeps the beans fresh and makes them convenient for sharing, baking, or topping desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these Red Apple jelly beans taste authentic?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flavoring blends real apple juice with Jelly Belly's signature candy recipe, creating a sweet, fruity note that resembles a fresh red apple. The contrast between the bright red outer shell and the soft white center adds a familiar apple-like bite without any seeds or core texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReal apple juice used in the flavoring for natural fruit notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwo-toned construction: red shell and white center for a crisp chew\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 400 beans per pound for plenty of servings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the packaging keep the beans fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe jelly beans come in a factory-sealed 16-ounce bag that zips closed after opening. The resealable closure slows exposure to air and moisture, maintaining chewiness and flavor between uses. The bag is sold by weight, ensuring you get a full pound of candy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFactory-sealed for initial freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable zip closure for repeated freshness preservation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight (16 oz), not volume, for accurate portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for people with dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly Red Apple jelly beans are made to accommodate many dietary needs. They are OU Kosher certified and free from gluten, peanuts, dairy, and fat, and are vegetarian friendly. Each bean contains about four calories, making portion control straightforward for casual snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free, peanut-free, dairy-free, and fat-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian-friendly and ~4 calories per bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use a one-pound bag at home or for events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA one-pound bag is versatile: use it for candy bowls, party favors, dessert toppings, or recipe accents. The vivid red color and apple flavor pair well with fall themes, classroom treats, and candy buffets. With roughly 400 beans per bag, you can portion them easily into small party bags or decorative jars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for candy dishes, bulk displays, and dessert garnishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for seasonal decor—especially autumn and back-to-school events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to portion for favors, baking decorations, or trail mixes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Jelly Belly Red Apple jelly beans suit anyone looking for a true-to-fruit candy experience—families, party planners, bakers, and fans of nostalgic, natural-flavored sweets. They work well for people who need allergen-conscious treats and for shoppers who prefer recognizable, official Jelly Belly quality in resealable, single-pound packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, APPLE JUICE FROM CONCENTRATE, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: LACTIC ACID, CITRIC ACID, FUMARIC ACID, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, COLOR ADDED, RED 40, YELLOW 6, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many jelly beans are in a one-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: There are approximately 400 jelly beans per one-pound (16 oz) bag, though counts can vary slightly by bean size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Jelly Belly Red Apple jelly beans peanut-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. These jelly beans are peanut-free and also gluten-free, dairy-free, and OU Kosher certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003249938515,"sku":"B0015D62F8","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-red-apple-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787209388"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-chocolate-pudding-jelly-beans-1-lb-resealable-bag-real-chocolate-flavor-gluten-free","title":"Jelly Belly Chocolate Pudding Jelly Beans - 1 lb Resealable Bag, Real Chocolate Flavor, Gluten‑Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese Jelly Belly Chocolate Pudding jelly beans deliver real chocolate flavor in a one-pound resealable bag for lasting freshness and snacking convenience.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy gourmet-style jelly beans flavored with actual chocolate in every bite. Each 16-ounce bag contains approximately 400 beans and is packed straight from Jelly Belly’s factory. The beans are OU Kosher, gluten-free, peanut-free, dairy-free, fat-free, and suitable for vegetarians, with about 0.75 mg of caffeine per bean and roughly four calories each. The resealable pouch preserves texture and taste, and the product is sold by weight with a 24-month shelf life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these jelly beans taste like chocolate pudding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly crafts this flavor using real chocolate to recreate the creamy, dessert-like notes of chocolate pudding in a chewy candy shell. The result is a balanced blend of cocoa depth and the brand’s signature jelly bean softness—not an artificial aftertaste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavored with real chocolate for authentic cocoa richness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, chewy center with a polished candy shell\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 400 beans per one-pound bag for generous portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fresh is the candy and how should I store it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bag is shipped fresh from the factory and includes a resealable closure to keep beans fresh after opening. For best texture and flavor, store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and extreme temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable 16 oz pouch preserves aroma and chew\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf life of up to 24 months when unopened\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight (not volume) to ensure honest quantity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans safe for people with common allergens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — Jelly Belly Chocolate Pudding jelly beans are made to avoid several common allergens. They carry OU Kosher certification and are free from peanuts, dairy, gluten, and fat, making them suitable for many dietary preferences and restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified for faith-based dietary needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free, dairy-free, gluten-free, and fat-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian-friendly and low-calorie (around four calories per bean)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much caffeine and how many beans come in the bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach Chocolate Pudding bean contains a trace amount of caffeine — approximately 0.75 mg per bean — so typical snacking provides a minimal stimulant effect compared with coffee or energy drinks. The one-pound bag contains about 400 beans, allowing multiple servings for sharing or events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e~0.75 mg caffeine per bean (trace amount)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 400 beans per 16-ounce bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately four calories per bean for portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? These Jelly Belly Chocolate Pudding jelly beans are ideal for chocolate lovers who want a convenient, shareable treat with authentic cocoa flavor. They suit people looking for candy that fits kosher, vegetarian, and common-allergen-free diets, plus event planners, gift-givers, and anyone who prefers resealable packaging for prolonged freshness. If you want genuine Jelly Belly flavor in a durable, resealable one-pound bag, this candy is a practical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: COCOA POWDER, CHOCOLATE LIQUOR, COCOA BUTTER, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, COLOR ADDED, RED 40 LAKE, YELLOW 5 LAKE, BLUE 2 LAKE, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many jelly beans are in a 1-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: A one-pound (16 oz) bag contains approximately 400 Jelly Belly beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans gluten or dairy free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Jelly Belly Chocolate Pudding jelly beans are gluten-free and dairy-free, plus peanut-free and OU Kosher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003250036819,"sku":"B0015D87FQ","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-chocolate-pudding-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787209415"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-cappuccino-jelly-beans-1-lb-resealable-bag-real-coffee-flavor-kosher-gluten-free","title":"Jelly Belly Cappuccino Jelly Beans — 1 lb Resealable Bag, Real Coffee Flavor, Kosher \u0026 Gluten-Free","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Cappuccino Jelly Beans are gourmet, coffee-flavored jelly beans made with real coffee and sold in a 1-pound resealable bag for freshness.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy a sweet, milky cappuccino experience in bite-sized form — each bean is flavored with real coffee to recreate that familiar café taste. These beans are produced by Jelly Belly, come in a 16-ounce reclosable pouch, and offer a long shelf life so you can savor them slowly or share them for parties, gifts, or everyday treats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these Cappuccino jelly beans taste like real coffee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly uses real coffee flavoring to deliver an authentic cappuccino profile: creamy, slightly sweet, and coffee-forward. The flavor development aims for balance so the coffee note is present without bitterness, complemented by a smooth confectionery finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReal coffee is used in the flavoring to provide a true cappuccino note.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFormulated for a creamy, milky-sweet balance rather than a harsh roast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach bean contains about 0.075 mg of caffeine, a trace amount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 400 beans per one-pound bag for many servings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for people with food sensitivities?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — these Cappuccino jelly beans are crafted to fit several dietary preferences and restrictions. They are OU Kosher certified and free from common allergens, making them a convenient option for group settings and gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free, dairy-free, peanut-free, and fat-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian-friendly and contain four calories per bean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured with allergen controls, but sold by weight not volume.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store the 1-pound resealable bag and how long will they stay fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag includes a resealable closure to help preserve flavor and texture after opening. For best quality, store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight; properly stored beans will retain freshness for up to 24 months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable pouch locks in aroma and prevents moisture exposure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a cool, dark cupboard or pantry for optimal shelf life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThey are sold by weight (16 oz) so fill may vary by bean size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContact Jelly Belly customer service for the product guarantee if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use Cappuccino jelly beans for gifting, events, or recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe one-pound bag is versatile: use it for candy buffets, party favors, corporate gifts, or as an ingredient in dessert displays. Their true-to-coffee flavor also makes them a creative garnish for baked goods or to mix into trail mixes and candy blends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for candy jars, party bowls, or wedding favor bags.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat as a dessert garnish or mixed into confectionary recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk quantity is ideal for events or sharing with friends and coworkers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximate count of 400 beans per bag helps plan servings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: These Jelly Belly Cappuccino Jelly Beans suit coffee lovers who want a dessert-style confection with real coffee flavor, hosts planning events or candy displays, and shoppers seeking allergy-friendly candy options. They’re also a practical choice for anyone wanting a long-lasting, resealable sweet treat to keep at home, at the office, or to give as a thoughtful, flavorful gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, COFFEE, COLOR ADDED, VEGETABLE AND FRUIT JUICE (COLOR), BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many jelly beans are in the one-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 400 beans per pound, though counts can vary slightly since the product is sold by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do these Cappuccino jelly beans contain caffeine?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, they contain a trace amount of caffeine — roughly 0.075 mg per bean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003251707987,"sku":"B0015DA1V4","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-cappuccino-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787209463"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-champagne-bubbles-candy-1-lb-16-oz-resealable-bag-alcohol-free-champagne-style-flavor","title":"Jelly Belly Champagne Bubbles Candy — 1 lb (16 oz) Resealable Bag, Alcohol-Free Champagne-Style Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Champagne Bubbles are alcohol-free jelly center candies flavored to evoke the refined, white-grape character of champagne, sold in a 1-pound resealable bag.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese confectionery bites concentrate a champagne-inspired flavor into a soft jelly heart surrounded by a sweet shell — a sophisticated sweet treat without any alcohol. Packaged in a 16-ounce resealable bag for freshness, each bag contains roughly 202 pieces and carries a 14-month shelf life when stored properly. Jelly Belly emphasizes quality ingredients and careful packaging to deliver consistent taste straight from the maker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does Champagne Bubbles taste like and is there alcohol in them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe candies deliver a refined, fruity profile that recalls white grapes and sparkling wine without containing any actual alcohol. The flavor comes from food-grade flavorings blended into the jelly center for a delicate, elegant bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft gel center infused with champagne-style flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo alcohol — suitable for all ages\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweet outer shell that balances the subtle inner flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fresh are these candies and how are they packaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChampagne Bubbles come in a 16-ounce resealable bag designed to maintain freshness after opening. The product is sold by weight (one pound), not by volume, and arrives sealed to preserve texture and flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable zipper on the bag for extended freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 202 pieces per pound (counts may vary slightly)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e14-month shelf life when kept in a cool, dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these candies — events, gifting, or everyday snacks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese elegant-flavored candies work well as wedding favors, party bowl candy, stocking stuffers, or a refined everyday snack. Their champagne-like profile makes them an attractive choice for celebratory settings without alcohol content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for weddings, showers, anniversaries, and receptions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for candy buffets, gift jars, or party favor bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandy resealable bag keeps extras fresh between events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I know about ingredients, quality, and customer support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly uses quality ingredients and natural options when possible, aiming for consistent flavor and safe packaging. If your order arrives damaged or you’re not satisfied with freshness, retain the uneaten candy and packaging, then contact Jelly Belly with your order number for assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade by Jelly Belly using quality ingredient standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNatural ingredients used where feasible; read label for full ingredient list\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCustomer support available for damaged or unsatisfactory orders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Candy lovers seeking an upscale, alcohol-free sweet with a champagne-like taste will appreciate these Jelly Belly Champagne Bubbles. They suit hosts and event planners who want an elegant confection for celebrations, shoppers looking for a refined flavored snack, and anyone who prefers resealable, single-bag convenience for maintaining candy freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, CORN STARCH, KOSHER GELATIN, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: CITRUS PECTIN, SODIUM CITRATE, CITRIC ACID, TARTARIC ACID, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, COLOR ADDED\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do these candies contain alcohol?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, Champagne Bubbles have a champagne-style flavor but contain no alcohol.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces are in a one-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: A 1 lb (16 oz) bag contains approximately 202 pieces; actual counts can vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003271827539,"sku":"B0048HUZZG","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-front-package.jpg?v=1787209879"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-mango-jelly-beans-1-lb-resealable-bag-real-mango-juice-gluten-free","title":"Jelly Belly Mango Jelly Beans — 1 lb Resealable Bag, Real Mango Juice, Gluten-Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Mango Jelly Beans in a 1-pound resealable bag deliver true-to-fruit mango flavor made with real mango juice.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want a bright, tropical candy that preserves its freshness and fits special diets, this 16-ounce bag of Mango Jelly Belly jelly beans is made at the factory you trust and sealed for repeated enjoyment. Each bag contains roughly 400 beans, offers authentic mango taste, and carries Jelly Belly’s ingredient and quality standards so you get consistent flavor and color every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow intense is the mango flavor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe beans are fruit-forward and formulated with real mango juice to deliver a recognizable tropical profile without artificial bite. Flavor is crafted to be sweet, ripe, and balanced for both snacking and mixing with other candies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with real mango juice for authentic taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBright, ripe sweetness rather than overly sugary or chemical notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent flavoring from Jelly Belly’s factory production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my dietary needs and allergies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly Mango beans accommodate many dietary preferences: they are OU Kosher and free from common allergens like peanuts and dairy. They’re also gluten-free, fat-free, and suitable for vegetarians, making them an easy treat for varied consumers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free and dairy-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free, fat-free, vegetarian friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fresh will the candy stay after opening?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag is resealable to preserve flavor and texture between uses. Resealing slows moisture exposure and keeps each bean tasting as intended for longer than single-use packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable zipper keeps beans fresh\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFactory-sealed before first opening for quality assurance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for portioning and long-term pantry storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many beans and portion details should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA one-pound (16 oz) bag contains approximately 400 Mango jelly beans, making it easy to plan servings or recipe quantities. Each bean contains about four calories, which helps with portion-aware snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApprox. 400 beans per 1-pound bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 4 calories per bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable also in a 10 lb case for larger needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Jelly Belly Mango Jelly Beans are ideal for mango lovers, party planners, candy bars, and anyone who needs allergen-friendly sweets. They suit office snack bowls, gift jars, baking\/pastry decorations, and bulk events where consistent, authentic mango flavor and reliable dietary labeling matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, MANGO JUICE FROM PUREE, MANGO JUICE FROM CONCENTRATE, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: CITRIC ACID, SODIUM LACTATE, SODIUM CITRATE, NATURAL \u0026amp; ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, COLOR ADDED, YELLOW 5 LAKE, YELLOW 5, BLUE 1 LAKE, BLUE 1, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Jelly Belly Mango jelly beans gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. They are labeled gluten-free, OU Kosher, and suitable for vegetarians.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many beans are in a 1-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Approximately 400 beans per one-pound (16 oz) bag, about 4 calories each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003305939027,"sku":"B00KIWE5FQ","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-mango-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787210344"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-orange-crush-jelly-beans-1-lb-resealable-bag-authentic-soda-flavor-gluten-free","title":"Jelly Belly Orange Crush Jelly Beans — 1 lb Resealable Bag, Authentic Soda Flavor, Gluten-Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese are genuine Jelly Belly Orange Crush® jelly beans — a full one-pound resealable bag of bright, true-to-soda orange flavor.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy 16 ounces of officially licensed Orange Crush® flavored Jelly Belly jelly beans shipped straight from the factory. Each bean captures the classic citrusy soda taste in a small, chewy shell and the resealable bag keeps the batch fresh between snacking sessions. With roughly 400 beans per pound, this pack is ideal for sharing, candy bowls, party favors, or keeping a steady supply at home or the office.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor and texture can I expect from Orange Crush Jelly Belly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange Crush Jelly Belly delivers a bright, slightly sweet citrus profile reminiscent of the familiar soda. The beans have a smooth, glossy coating and a soft, chewy center that releases flavor gradually as you chew.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAuthentic Orange Crush® soda flavoring developed by Jelly Belly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGlossy outer shell with chewy interior for layered taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent color and flavor across the bag for predictable taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the candy packaged and how does the resealable bag help?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product comes in a one-pound (16 oz) bag with a zipper-style resealable closure to maintain freshness after opening. The compact bag is easy to store in a pantry, drawer, or snack cabinet and prevents spills when carried in a tote or lunchbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable zipper preserves aroma and texture between uses\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear window (where applicable) helps verify color and quantity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLightweight, space-saving packaging that’s travel-friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these Orange Crush Jelly Belly beans suitable for special diets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly Orange Crush beans are made to accommodate many common dietary needs while still delivering sweetness and flavor. The formula is free from dairy and peanuts and does not contain gluten, making it accessible to a wide range of snackers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified for religious dietary observance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free, peanut-free, and dairy-free composition\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian friendly and fat-free with about four calories per bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many candies are in a pound and what are common uses?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect about 400 beans in a one-pound bag, though counts can vary slightly by bead size. This quantity makes the bag useful for multiple purposes — from candy jars to event favors, or simply keeping a steady supply for daily enjoyment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 400 jelly beans per pound for portion planning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for candy dishes, baked-goods decorations, and gifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlso sold in bulk case sizes if you need larger quantities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Anyone who loves authentic soda-inspired candy, event planners stocking themed treats, or shoppers looking for a trusted brand for regular snacking will appreciate this one-pound bag. It’s particularly useful for households wanting a resealable supply, fans of nostalgic Orange Crush® flavor, and small businesses needing branded confections for displays or giveaways. If you want a convenient, certified, and refreshingly citrusy jelly bean option from a well-known confectioner, this Jelly Belly Orange Crush bag is designed to fit that need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: ACACIA GUM, CITRIC ACID, SODIUM LACTATE, NATURAL \u0026amp; ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, COLOR ADDED, YELLOW 5 \u0026amp; 6, RED 40, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE, SALT.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many Jelly Belly Orange Crush beans are in a pound?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: There are about 400 beans per one-pound bag, though counts may vary slightly by bean size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these Jelly Belly beans gluten or dairy free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — Jelly Belly Orange Crush beans are gluten-free, dairy-free, peanut-free, and OU Kosher certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003305971795,"sku":"B00KIWSW32","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-orange-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787210345"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-crushed-pineapple-jelly-beans-1-lb-resealable-bag-real-pineapple-flavor-gluten-free","title":"Jelly Belly Crushed Pineapple Jelly Beans — 1 lb Resealable Bag, Real Pineapple Flavor, Gluten‑Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Crushed Pineapple Jelly Beans are a one‑pound resealable bag of pineapple‑flavored gourmet jelly beans made with real pineapple juice for a bright, tropical candy experience.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring tropical tang to snacking, party favors, or baking with this genuine Jelly Belly flavor. Each 16‑ounce bag holds about 400 individually flavored beans crafted to capture crushed pineapple’s sweet‑tart character. The bag reseals to lock in freshness, and Jelly Belly’s quality controls mean consistent flavor and color from the factory straight to your pantry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the flavor compare to fresh pineapple?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe beans are infused with real pineapple juice and formulated to highlight the fruit’s natural sweetness and zesty finish without being overly syrupy. Expect a concentrated pineapple note up front with a clean, candy finish that echoes crushed pineapple textures in desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with real pineapple juice for authentic aroma and taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced sweet and tangy profile mimicking crushed pineapple.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot overly sugary—designed for a true pineapple impression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store these jelly beans to keep them fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the resealable bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve texture and flavor. The zipper keeps out air and humidity between servings, extending shelf life compared with standard bags left open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable zipper for convenient repeated use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a pantry or cupboard at room temperature, away from heat sources.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid refrigeration which can introduce moisture and dull flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for people with common dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—Jelly Belly Crushed Pineapple beans meet several common dietary needs. They are fat‑free and free from dairy, peanuts, and gluten; plus they carry OU Kosher certification, making them suitable for many special diets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified for dietary observance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten‑free, dairy‑free and peanut‑free—lower cross‑contact risk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian friendly and fat‑free; about four calories per bean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many beans are in a bag and can I buy larger quantities?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn average one‑pound (16 oz) bag contains roughly 400 beans, making it easy to portion for treats or recipes. If you need bulk for events or retail, Jelly Belly also offers a 10‑pound case option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 400 beans per one‑pound bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable as single 16 oz resealable bags or in 10 lb bulk cases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent size and color for displays and candy mixes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Jelly Belly Crushed Pineapple Jelly Beans are ideal for pineapple lovers, event hosts planning tropical or summer themes, bakers who want a bright fruity accent, and anyone seeking a certified, allergen‑friendly gourmet jelly bean. They work well as snack bowl candy, party favors, baking mix‑ins, or corporate gifting when you want reliable, factory‑fresh flavor straight from the Jelly Belly source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, PINEAPPLE JUICE FROM CONCENTRATE, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: CITRIC ACID, ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, COLOR ADDED, YELLOW 5, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans gluten‑free and nut‑free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Jelly Belly Crushed Pineapple beans are gluten‑free and peanut‑free, and the product is OU Kosher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many beans are in a 1 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: A one‑pound (16 oz) bag contains roughly 400 jelly beans, depending on individual bean size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003306004563,"sku":"B00KIWBSNS","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-crushed-pineapple-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787210344"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-sunkist-fruit-gems-14-oz-box-5-assorted-real-fruit-juice-flavors-pectin-soft-chew","title":"Jelly Belly Sunkist Fruit Gems 14 oz Box — 5 Assorted Real Fruit Juice Flavors, Pectin Soft Chew","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Sunkist Fruit Gems are a 14-ounce box of soft, pectin-based fruit candies made with real fruit juices in five assorted Sunkist flavors.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Fruit Gems combine Sunkist's iconic fruit profiles with Jelly Belly's candy craftsmanship to deliver chewy, intensely fruity pieces perfect for snacking, sharing, or adding color to party bowls. The candies use pectin instead of gelatin, giving them a tender, melt-in-your-mouth chew that highlights the natural fruit juice flavors. This product comes in a generously sized box with five distinct flavors so you can enjoy variety without buying multiple packs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how distinct are they?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box contains five Sunkist fruit flavors crafted to stand out from one another. Each gem focuses on a clear fruit note, so sampling across pieces gives an obvious contrast in taste and color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFive separated flavor varieties for variety in a single box\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReal fruit juices used to emphasize authentic fruit profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual pieces sized for single bites and easy sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eColor-coded pieces to identify flavors at a glance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the pectin texture compare to traditional gelatin candies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese Fruit Gems use pectin, which creates a softer, less elastic chew than gelatin-based gummies. The result is a tender, satisfyingly smooth texture that releases flavor quickly without a sticky afterfeel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePectin-based formulation for a gentle, easy-to-bite texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo gelatin — suitable for those preferring plant-derived gelling agents\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUniform consistency across flavors, making mixing pleasant\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLess tacky on teeth and fingers than some chewy gummies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow large is the box and how many servings does it provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package weighs 14 ounces, offering a sizable quantity for casual snacking and sharing. It’s designed as a multipurpose box that works for gatherings, office treats, or keeping a sweet stash at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGenerous 14-ounce box suitable for sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortion-friendly pieces allow flexible serving sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient for party bowls, gift baskets, or candy jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact box fits easily in pantries or desks for grab-and-go snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product made by a trusted candy maker and what does that mean for quality?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduced by Jelly Belly, these Fruit Gems reflect the brand’s established quality standards and flavor development expertise. Expect consistent fruit flavors, careful ingredient sourcing, and reliable packaging from a recognized confectionery name.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured by Jelly Belly, a known confectionery brand\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent flavor calibration across batches for repeat satisfaction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear labeling and packaging for easy storage and gifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for everyday treats, celebrations, and shared snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Jelly Belly Sunkist Fruit Gems are ideal for fruit-flavor lovers who prefer a softer chew and want a variety pack in a single purchase. They work well for families, party hosts, candy gift baskets, or anyone seeking real-fruit-juice flavor in a pectin candy. If you enjoy bright, recognizable fruit tastes and a tender, non-sticky texture, this 14-ounce box gives a convenient, sharable way to enjoy multiple Sunkist flavors without buying separate packs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Jelly Belly Sunkist Fruit Gems gelatin-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — these Fruit Gems use pectin rather than gelatin, providing a plant-derived gelling agent and a softer chew.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many flavors come in the 14-ounce box?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The box includes five different Sunkist fruit flavors, each with distinct color and taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003306037331,"sku":"B00KIWK924","price":57.86,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-sunkist-fruit-gems-front-box.jpg?v=1787210340"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-grape-crush-jelly-beans-1-lb-resealable-bag-real-grape-juice-shimmery-finish","title":"Jelly Belly Grape Crush Jelly Beans — 1 lb Resealable Bag, Real Grape Juice \u0026 Shimmery Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Grape Crush Jelly Beans are a one-pound resealable bag of classic grape-flavored gourmet jelly beans made with real grape juice concentrate and a shimmery finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy 16 ounces of authentic Grape Crush® Jelly Belly jelly beans, packed at the factory and sealed in a convenient resealable pouch to maintain freshness. Each bean delivers the familiar, fruit-forward grape taste Jelly Belly is known for, and the bag contains about 400 beans — ideal for snacking, sharing at events, or using as colorful candy accents. These beans are OU Kosher and manufactured to be gluten-free, dairy-free, peanut-free, fat-free and vegetarian friendly, with roughly four calories per bean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these Jelly Belly Grape Crush beans different from ordinary grape candy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly uses a concentrated grape juice flavoring and a signature jelly bean recipe to produce a layered, true-to-fruit taste—rather than a single artificial note. The shells have a gentle sheen that makes them look as appealing as they taste, and quality control at the factory ensures consistent size and flavor from bag to bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReal grape juice concentrate for authentic flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShimmery finish for an attractive appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFactory-sealed and packed for consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 400 beans per 16 oz bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store the resealable bag to keep beans fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included resealable zipper helps preserve texture and flavor after opening. Store the bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors; refrigeration is unnecessary but can extend freshness in hot climates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReseal after every use to limit air exposure\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a pantry or cupboard at room temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid strong-smelling foods nearby to prevent flavor transfer\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse within a few months for peak texture and taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for people with dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Jelly Belly Grape Crush jelly beans are formulated to accommodate common dietary needs: they are OU Kosher and free from gluten, dairy, peanuts, and fat, and they are vegetarian friendly. Always check the package for the most current allergen and certification information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and dairy-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free manufacturing for reduced cross-contact risk\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian friendly with about four calories per bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are practical uses for a one-pound bag of Grape Crush Jelly Belly beans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne pound provides enough beans for a variety of uses: snacking at home, candy bowls for parties, event favors, or colorful toppings for desserts. Because of their consistent size and color, they’re also useful for baking decorations, candy buffets, and themed gift jars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParty bowls, candy stations, and event favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDecorative toppings for cakes and cupcakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOffice or home snacking and portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk packaging options available for larger events (10 lb case)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This one-pound resealable bag is perfect for anyone who loves classic grape candy with a gourmet twist: snackers who appreciate authentic fruit flavor, event planners needing colorful candy for displays, parents packing small treats, and fans of Jelly Belly collecting specific flavors. If you want a dependable supply of true-to-flavor grape jelly beans in a practical, resealable package, this bag delivers consistent taste, convenience, and dietary-friendly attributes without unnecessary fillers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: CITRIC ACID, SODIUM LACTATE, TARTARIC ACID, GRAPE JUICE CONCENTRATE, ACACIA GUM, NATURAL \u0026amp; ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, COLOR ADDED, RED 40, BLUE 1, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many beans are in the 1 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: A one-pound (16 oz) bag contains roughly 400 Jelly Belly Grape Crush jelly beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans allergen friendly?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—Jelly Belly Grape Crush beans are OU Kosher, gluten-free, dairy-free, peanut-free and vegetarian friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003314688083,"sku":"B001I7ASXS","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-grape-crush-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787210484"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-kids-mix-jelly-beans-9-8-oz-resealable-pouch-20-flavors-peanut-free","title":"Jelly Belly Kids Mix Jelly Beans 9.8 oz Resealable Pouch — 20 Flavors, Peanut-Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Kids Mix is a 9.8 oz resealable pouch of 20 kid-friendly gourmet jelly bean flavors in a single, shareable bag.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis compact pouch brings together twenty true-to-life Jelly Belly flavors chosen for children’s palates — from classic fruit notes to playful sweets like bubble gum and cotton candy. The resealable zipper keeps beans fresh for snacks, party favors, and classroom treats, and the peanut-free formulation offers extra peace of mind for shared settings. Kosher-certified and made by the original gourmet jelly bean brand, this mix offers variety in a single, portable bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how do they taste?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Kids Mix contains 20 distinct Jelly Belly flavors tuned to appeal to kids: bright fruits, creamy desserts, and a few novelty sweets. Each bean carries a concentrated, recognizable flavor profile so kids can pick favorites and explore new tastes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFruity options: Berry Blue, Blueberry, Green Apple, Strawberry Jam, Watermelon, Very Cherry, Raspberry, Red Apple, Peach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCitrus and sherbet: Lemon Lime, Sunkist Lemon, Orange Sherbet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNovelty and sweets: Bubble Gum, Cotton Candy, Buttered Popcorn, Toasted Marshmallow, Chocolate Pudding\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTart and tangy: Sour Apple, Sour Cherry, Tutti-Fruitti\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the packaging designed for convenience and storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 9.8 oz pouch is built for portability and resealability, making it easy to toss into backpacks, party kits, or snack drawers. The stand-up pouch sits upright on surfaces and the zipper closure helps preserve flavor between uses without needing additional containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable zipper prevents spills and locks in freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStand-up design for easy display and serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e9.8 oz size suitable for small gatherings, classroom treats, or individual enjoyment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans safe for shared environments like schools or parties?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly Kids Mix is peanut-free, reducing cross-contact risk for peanut-allergic environments, and the kosher certification provides dietary transparency. While manufactured in facilities with strict ingredient control, always check labels and venue policies if severe allergies are a concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free product formulation for safer group sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher-certified for broader dietary acceptance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear ingredient labeling supports informed choices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can this pouch be used for activities, gifting, or events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assortment is versatile for party favors, classroom rewards, movie nights, or DIY candy mixes. Its colorful variety makes it easy to portion into goodie bags, use as game prizes, or pair with themed gift baskets for birthdays and holidays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for filling treat bags or candy dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat as a non-chocolate option for seasonal events and parties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix-and-match flavors encourage tasting games and flavor-guessing activities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Parents, party planners, teachers, and caregivers looking for a convenient, kid-focused candy option with recognizable flavors will appreciate this Jelly Belly Kids Mix. It’s designed for households and small events that want variety, portability, and the reassurance of a peanut-free, kosher-certified gourmet jelly bean — all in a single resealable 9.8 oz pouch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandy\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the Jelly Belly Kids Mix peanut-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — this Kids Mix is formulated peanut-free, making it a safer option for shared environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many flavors are in the 9.8 oz pouch?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The pouch contains 20 assorted Jelly Belly flavors selected to appeal to kids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003317047379,"sku":"B00LAY30IY","price":58.8,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-kids-mix-front-of-pouch.jpg?v=1787210500"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-beanboozled-spinner-tin-7th-edition-3-36-oz-travel-tin-with-built-in-spinner-10-daring-flavor-pairings","title":"Jelly Belly BeanBoozled Spinner Tin 7th Edition — 3.36 oz travel tin with built-in spinner \u0026 10 daring flavor pairings","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBeanBoozled Spinner Tin (7th Edition) is a 3.36 oz Jelly Belly jelly bean game tin that delivers ten daring flavor pairings — some delicious, some deliberately gross — plus a built-in spinner for instant play.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvite unpredictable fun to parties, family nights, or gift exchanges with this compact Jelly Belly tin. The seventh edition mixes familiar sweet flavors with adventurous oddballs like Burnt Rubber and Dead Fish, pairing each nasty option with a pleasant look-alike so you never quite know what you'll taste. The tin is travel-friendly and labeled gluten-free, dairy-free, peanut-free, fat-free, and vegetarian-friendly, making it a versatile choice for many dietary needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat comes inside the 3.36 oz BeanBoozled spinner tin?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis edition contains an assortment of Jelly Belly beans in ten matched flavor pairs. Each color can be either the tasty or the weird flavor; the spinner determines which bean you try without peeking. The compact tin keeps beans fresh and makes the set easy to pass around during gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNet weight: 3.36 ounces (95 grams) of mixed jelly beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTen flavor pairings including both pleasant and intentionally unpleasant options\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBuilt-in spinner wheel on the tin lid for instant gameplay\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable metal tin suitable for travel and storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the BeanBoozled game work for parties and family activities?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe BeanBoozled spinner tin turns tasting into a quick, social challenge. Players spin the wheel to pick a color, then eat the corresponding jelly bean without knowing whether it's the delicious or the deviant flavor. It’s easy to explain, fast to play, and ideal for all ages who enjoy lighthearted dares.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple rules: spin, pick by color, eat — laugh at the surprise\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for icebreakers, road trips, sleepovers, and holiday gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall tin makes it easy to pass between players or students\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach round typically takes under a minute, allowing many turns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for special diets or allergen concerns?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly lists this BeanBoozled tin as free from gluten, dairy, peanuts, and fat, and notes it is vegetarian-friendly. That makes it a practical novelty for groups with common dietary restrictions, though individuals with severe allergies should still review ingredient details and consult packaging for cross-contamination statements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLabeled gluten-free and dairy-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free and fat-free formulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian-friendly recipe suitable for many consumers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck packaging or manufacturer site for full ingredient and allergen information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich flavors are included, and how wild do they get?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe 7th Edition mixes ten paired flavors that range from everyday sweets to intentionally off-putting tastes meant to surprise. Expect recognizable flavors as the “safe” matches and outrageous options like Old Bandage or Stinky Socks that push the shock factor; the novelty is in not knowing which bean you’ll get.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes pairs like Toothpaste vs. Berry, Booger vs. Juicy Pear, and Dead Fish vs. Tutti-Frutti\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSome flavors mimic unpleasant real-world scents and tastes for comedic effect\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePairs are color-matched so visual cues don’t reveal the outcome\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor list may vary slightly by production batch or region\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? The BeanBoozled Spinner Tin is made for people who enjoy novelty treats, friendly dares, and quick party games — from kids old enough to handle surprising tastes to teens and adults who like quirky gifts. It’s also a good choice for teachers, group leaders, or gift-givers who want a low-cost, portable activity that sparks conversation. If you prefer predictable candy or have serious food allergies, choose a standard Jelly Belly assortment instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many flavors are in the BeanBoozled 7th Edition tin?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: There are ten flavor pairings, so colors can be either the tasty or the surprising flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the BeanBoozled tin safe for common allergens?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The product is labeled gluten-free, dairy-free, peanut-free, fat-free, and vegetarian-friendly; check packaging for full allergen details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003326713939,"sku":"B0DPP6P382","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-beanboozled-spinner-tin-front.jpg?v=1787210612"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-cinnamon-lovers-heart-shaped-jelly-beans-1-lb-resealable-bag-real-cinnamon-oil-flavor","title":"Jelly Belly Cinnamon Lovers Heart-Shaped Jelly Beans — 1 lb Resealable Bag, Real Cinnamon Oil Flavor","description":"\u003cb\u003eJelly Belly Cinnamon Lovers Hearts are heart-shaped jelly beans packed with real cinnamon oil for a bold, spicy-sweet cinnamon chew in a convenient 1-pound resealable bag.\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese vivid red heart candies deliver a concentrated cinnamon kick created with genuine cinnamon oil, crafted for people who prefer intense spice in a classic jelly bean texture. Packaged by Jelly Belly in an easy-seal 16-ounce pouch, they keep flavor fresh whether you’re gifting them for Valentine’s Day, filling a candy dish, or adding personality to party favors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these jelly beans taste so cinnamon-forward?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cinnamon Lovers Hearts use real cinnamon oil in the flavoring, which produces a warm, aromatic spice profile rather than a generic cinnamon impression. Jelly Belly’s candy shell and chewy center balance sweetness with an assertive heat that lingers pleasantly on the palate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFormulated with authentic cinnamon oil for an identifiable spice note\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeart shape concentrates color and flavor for visual and taste impact\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChewy candy center delivers a longer-lasting flavor release\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured by Jelly Belly, a known confectionery brand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fresh will the candies stay after opening the bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cinnamon Lovers Hearts come in a resealable 1 lb pouch designed to lock in aroma and texture between uses. Properly sealed and kept in a cool, dry place, the bag helps minimize air exposure and preserves chewiness and spice intensity for an extended period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable zipper closure for easy freshness retention\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOpaque packaging reduces light exposure that can alter flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore away from heat and humidity for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for common dietary needs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly Cinnamon Lovers Hearts are made without fat, gluten, or peanuts, making them a convenient choice for many dietary restrictions. Always check the product label for the most current ingredient and allergen information before consuming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFat free formulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten free and peanut free according to product notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged in a shared facility — see label for allergen statements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use a one-pound bag of these cinnamon hearts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 16-ounce pouch gives you enough confectionery for multiple uses: single-serving treats, seasonal decorating, baking embellishments, or candy buffet refills. The bright red hearts are especially suited for romantic or festive themes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill glass jars or favor bags for events and holidays\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop cupcakes and desserts with a spicy-sweet accent\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep a bowl at your desk or coffee station for guests\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShare with cinnamon enthusiasts or include in themed gift boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Jelly Belly Cinnamon Lovers Hearts are ideal for anyone who prefers a pronounced cinnamon flavor in a classic jelly bean format — from fans of spicy confections to event planners and gift-givers seeking a bold, festive candy. If you want a reliable, resealable 1-pound supply of true cinnamon-flavored heart candies from an established candy maker, this product fits that need perfectly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: NATURAL \u0026amp; ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, COLOR ADDED, RED 40, YELLOW 6, RED 40 LAKE, CARNAUBA WAX, BEESWAX, CONFECTIONER’S GLAZE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much candy is in the bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The pouch contains one pound (16 ounces) of Cinnamon Lovers Heart jelly beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do these contain real cinnamon?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, they're flavored with real cinnamon oil for a true cinnamon taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003341230163,"sku":"B09FQZP4TF","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-front-packaging-cinnamon-hearts.jpg?v=1787210832"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-blue-raspberry-jelly-beans-1-lb-resealable-bag-real-raspberry-puree-gluten-free","title":"Jelly Belly Blue Raspberry Jelly Beans — 1 lb Resealable Bag, Real Raspberry Puree, Gluten‑Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Blue Raspberry jelly beans are a one‑pound resealable bag of blue, raspberry‑flavored confections made with real raspberry puree for true fruit taste.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBright blue and tangy‑sweet, these Jelly Belly jelly beans combine a vivid color with a balance of gentle sweetness and a tart raspberry finish. Packaged in a 16‑ounce resealable pouch, they’re ready for snacking, sharing, or adding color and flavor to candy dishes, party favors, and dessert toppings. The recipe is fat‑free and gluten‑free, and the product carries OU Kosher certification for shoppers who look for that designation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do Jelly Belly Blue Raspberry beans taste and feel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExpect a lively raspberry profile that leans slightly tart against a sweet base, with a smooth, chewy center and a glossy candy shell. The inclusion of real raspberry puree gives a clearer fruit character than artificial flavoring alone. Each bean delivers a recognizable berry note in a compact, bite‑sized format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor: bright raspberry with a mild tart finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTexture: firm shell and soft, chewy interior\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eColor: vivid blue for visual appeal in mixes and displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavoring: includes real raspberry puree for authenticity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the package details and storage tips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe product comes in a 16‑ounce (1 lb) resealable bag designed to keep beans fresher after opening. The zipper seal simplifies storing partial quantities without transferring to a separate container. Store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to maintain color and flavor intensity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNet weight: 16 ounces (1 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging: resealable pouch for repeat use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage: cool, dry, and out of direct light\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf life: follow best‑by date on the bag for peak quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for dietary needs or events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly Blue Raspberry jelly beans are fat‑free and gluten‑free, and they carry OU Kosher certification, making them suitable for many dietary preferences and religious observances. They are produced without peanuts, reducing the risk for environments where peanut‑free options are required, though always check packaging for allergen statements relevant to your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFat free and gluten free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut‑free manufacturing declaration on label\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for parties, gift jars, or themed dessert bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this one‑pound bag at home or events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe bright blue beans offer many practical uses: fill candy bowls, assemble party favor bags, or sprinkle over desserts for a colorful accent. Because they’re preflavored with real raspberry puree, they add genuine berry taste without additional prep work. The resealable pouch helps portion for occasions and keeps leftovers fresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParty candy bowls and self‑serve stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFavor bags and candy buffets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDecorative dessert toppings and jar displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSnacking at home, office, or classroom treats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? The bag is ideal for anyone who loves authentic fruit‑forward candy with bold color—home bakers, event hosts, candy collectors, and Jelly Belly fans alike. It’s a convenient size for small gatherings or ongoing snacking, and the resealable pouch keeps beans fresh between uses. If you want a dependable, recognizable raspberry jelly bean with official Jelly Belly quality and easy storage, this one‑pound Blue Raspberry bag fits the bill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, RASPBERRY PUREE, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: CITRIC ACID, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, COLOR ADDED, BLUE 1 LAKE, BLUE 1, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this product contain gluten or fat?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No—Jelly Belly Blue Raspberry jelly beans are gluten‑free and fat‑free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the bag resealable for storage after opening?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the 1 lb pouch includes a zipper reseal to keep beans fresh between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003344998483,"sku":"B09DHLY68J","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-blue-raspberry-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787210877"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-a-w-cream-soda-jelly-beans-1-lb-resealable-bag-authentic-a-w-syrup-flavor","title":"Jelly Belly A\u0026W Cream Soda Jelly Beans — 1 lb Resealable Bag, Authentic A\u0026W Syrup Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese Jelly Belly jelly beans capture the classic A\u0026amp;W cream soda float taste in a one-pound resealable bag for lasting freshness.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly partnered with A\u0026amp;W to recreate the creamy, fizzy profile of a soda-float as a true-to-taste confection. Each jelly bean is made using real A\u0026amp;W syrup and crafted to deliver recognizable cream soda notes in a compact candy. The product arrives in a 16-ounce resealable pouch, sold by weight and designed for convenience, sharing, or mixing into candy jars and party displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these jelly beans taste like A\u0026amp;W cream soda?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flavoring uses authentic A\u0026amp;W syrup as the foundation, combined with Jelly Belly’s small-batch candy process to concentrate and balance sweet, creamy, and lightly carbonated notes. This approach aims to echo the sensation of a soda float without any liquid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with A\u0026amp;W syrup for authentic flavor cues\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eJelly Belly’s flavor formulation for clear, recognizable tastes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall, precise bean size concentrates flavor in every bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the product packaged and how long does it stay fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe beans come in a zip-top 16 oz bag that seals to maintain texture and aroma between servings. Stored properly in a cool, dry place, Jelly Belly products have up to a 24-month shelf life from production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable pouch for repeated freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight (one pound \/ 16 ounces)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTypical shelf life: up to 24 months from manufacture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for people with dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly A\u0026amp;W Cream Soda jelly beans are formulated to accommodate many common dietary needs: they are OU Kosher certified and free from peanuts, dairy, gluten, and fat. Each bean contains a small calorie count, making them an easy treat for varied snackers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free, dairy-free, gluten-free, and fat-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian-friendly and low-calorie per bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many beans are in a pound and what can I do with them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect about 400 jelly beans per one-pound bag, though the exact count varies slightly because the product is sold by weight. These beans are great for snacking, party favors, candy buffets, baking decorations, or combining with other flavors for custom mixes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 400 beans per 1 lb bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for candy dishes, event favors, and recipe garnishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well for themed assortments and gift jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Fans of nostalgic soda flavors, Jelly Belly collectors, party planners, and anyone seeking a crowd-pleasing, diet-accommodating sweet fit this product well. The A\u0026amp;W Cream Soda jelly beans are made for shoppers who want an authentic soda-float taste in a portable, resealable format—perfect for home snack stashes, gifting, or adding a distinctive flavor to your candy lineup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, COLOR ADDED, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans gluten or dairy free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Jelly Belly A\u0026amp;W Cream Soda beans are gluten-free and dairy-free, and also peanut-free and fat-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many beans come in a one-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Approximately 400 beans per one-pound (16 oz) bag, though the count can vary slightly by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003360170067,"sku":"B0037Y7IU6","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-aandw-cream-soda-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787211056"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-tropical-paradise-assorted-jelly-beans-1-lb-resealable-bag-6-tropical-flavors-for-snacking-sharing","title":"Jelly Belly Tropical Paradise Assorted Jelly Beans — 1 lb Resealable Bag, 6 Tropical Flavors for Snacking \u0026 Sharing","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Tropical Paradise is a one-pound resealable bag of gourmet jelly beans featuring six tropical-inspired flavors for sharing or snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTurn everyday moments into a mini escape with this curated Jelly Belly assortment. The Tropical Paradise collection brings together Watermelon, Pink Grapefruit, Tangerine, Lemon Lime, Piña Colada and Chili Mango — each crafted to reflect familiar, fruity notes in a chewy, candy-coated bean. Packaged in a convenient 16-ounce resealable bag, these beans are easy to portion, store, and bring to parties, movie nights, or poolside hangouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how do they differ?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix contains six distinct flavors inspired by real fruits and tropical treats. Each flavor aims for a recognizable profile—some bright and citrusy, others rich and sweet—so you can enjoy them individually or combine them for unexpected pairings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWatermelon — juicy and crisp with familiar melon notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePink Grapefruit — tart and aromatic for a zesty bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTangerine — sweet-citrus with a sunny tang\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLemon Lime — balanced citrus duo, tart and refreshing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePiña Colada — creamy pineapple and coconut-inspired flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChili Mango — sweet mango with a mild, spicy finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve these jelly beans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the bag sealed and store at room temperature away from direct sunlight to preserve flavor and texture. The resealable pouch makes serving and portion control simple, whether you’re topping desserts, filling favors, or adding color to a candy buffet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place—avoid heat and sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse the resealable closure to maintain freshness after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe in a bowl, glass jar, or as party favors for easy sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix flavors to create custom combinations or tasting flights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere and when is this bag best used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe one-pound bag is sized for gatherings, seasonal events, and everyday snacking. It’s compact enough for a pantry shelf yet generous enough to supply party bowls, movie-night jars, or office treats without constant refills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for parties, gift baskets, and movie nights\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for candy stations, wedding favors, and class events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandy snack for travel, picnics, and beach days\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to share with coworkers, friends, or family\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for dietary preferences?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly produces its beans using quality ingredients, but ingredient lists and possible allergens can vary by flavor. Check packaging or the brand website for up-to-date ingredient and allergen details before serving to guests with dietary restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with flavor-forward recipes across Jelly Belly’s range\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIngredient specifics and allergen info available on-label\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot a medical product—consult label for dietary suitability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? The Tropical Paradise 1-pound bag is ideal for candy lovers who enjoy bold, fruit-forward flavors and want an easy, shareable option for gatherings or everyday treats. It suits hosts looking to elevate dessert tables, parents preparing party favors, and anyone who appreciates distinctive, premium jelly bean varieties in a convenient resealable package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: TANGERINE JUICE CONCENTRATE, WATERMELON JUICE CONCENTRATE, GRAPEFRUIT JUICE CONCENTRATE, MANGO JUICE CONCENTRATE, LEMON PUREE, LIME JUICE CONCENTRATE, CAYENNE PEPPER, PAPRIKA, COCONUT, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, CITRIC ACID, SODIUM LACTATE, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, SALT, COLOR ADDED, YELLOW 5, YELLOW 6, YELLOW 5 LAKE, YELLOW 6 LAKE, RED 40 LAKE, RED 40, BLUE 1, BLUE 2.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many flavors come in the Tropical Paradise pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: There are six flavors: Watermelon, Pink Grapefruit, Tangerine, Lemon Lime, Piña Colada and Chili Mango.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I reseal the bag to keep beans fresh?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The one-pound bag has a resealable zipper to maintain freshness after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003639320659,"sku":"B0FST1RWD7","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-tropical-paradise-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787214083"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-buttered-popcorn-jelly-beans-1-lb-resealable-bag-sweet-and-salty-movie-snack","title":"Jelly Belly Buttered Popcorn Jelly Beans — 1 lb Resealable Bag, Sweet‑and‑Salty Movie Snack","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Buttered Popcorn jelly beans deliver a sweet-and-salty popcorn flavor in a one-pound resealable bag for snacking, sharing, or movie nights.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese official Jelly Belly beans recreate the buttery-sweet taste of classic buttered popcorn without the grease, packed into bite-sized, chewy confections. This 16-ounce bag contains roughly 400 individually flavored beans made in Jelly Belly’s candy kitchen and sealed in a reusable pouch to keep them fresh between uses. The beans are OU Kosher, gluten free, peanut free, dairy free, fat free and suitable for vegetarians, making them an easy option for many snackers and event planners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the Buttered Popcorn flavor taste like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flavor blends a warm, buttery note with a touch of sweetness and subtle saltiness that mimics freshly popped popcorn. The outer shell gives a light snap while the interior is chewy, offering a miniature popcorn experience with each bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eButtery and sweet with a faint savory finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCrisp candy shell and a soft, chewy center\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent flavor across many small pieces for portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 400 beans per one-pound bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store these beans to keep them fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pouch is resealable to lock in flavor and protect the beans from moisture and odors when not in use. Store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight for best texture and color retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse the resealable closure after each use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep at room temperature, ideally under 70°F (21°C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid humid environments to prevent stickiness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLong-term storage: place pouch in an airtight container or pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these Jelly Belly beans suitable for people with allergies or dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly Buttered Popcorn beans are formulated without common allergens like peanuts and dairy, and they are certified OU Kosher. They are also gluten free, fat free and vegetarian friendly, although ingredient needs can change, so always check the current packaging if you have severe allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten free and peanut free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDairy free, fat free, and vegetarian friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecommended to review label for latest ingredient information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use a one-pound bag at events or for gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe one-pound resealable bag is convenient for portioning, topping desserts, or filling small favor bags. Its size works well for casual sharing during movie nights, themed parties, or as a novelty gift for Jelly Belly fans and popcorn lovers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill candy dishes for game nights or home theaters\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackage into party favor bags or small jars for guests\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on ice cream sundaes or dessert bars for texture and flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in desk drawers or break rooms for an easy treat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Anyone who enjoys bold, nostalgic flavors and wants a convenient, shelf-stable candy option—movie buffs, party hosts, office snackers, and Jelly Belly collectors alike. If you prefer a familiar popcorn taste in a tidy, shareable form without greasy hands, this genuine Jelly Belly Buttered Popcorn one-pound bag offers a reliably flavored, allergen-friendly snack straight from the maker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, COLOR ADDED, YELLOW 5, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE, SALT\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many beans are in a 16-ounce bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: There are about 400 Jelly Belly Buttered Popcorn beans in the one-pound (16 oz) resealable bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these beans gluten free and kosher?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — Jelly Belly Buttered Popcorn beans are gluten free and OU Kosher certified; check packaging for the latest ingredient updates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003725729875,"sku":"B0015DA1UA","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-buttered-popcorn-front-of-bag.jpg?v=1787214327"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-bertie-botts-every-flavour-beans-6-pack-1-2-oz-boxes-harry-potter-collectible-novelty-flavors-gluten-free","title":"Jelly Belly Bertie Bott's Every Flavour Beans, 6-Pack 1.2 oz Boxes — Harry Potter collectible, novelty flavors \u0026 gluten-free","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eHarry Potter™ Bertie Bott's Every Flavour Beans are a themed assortment of Jelly Belly jelly beans combining classic flavors with novelty tastes in six 1.2-ounce collectible boxes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring a bit of Wizarding World whimsy to snack time with this six-pack of individually boxed Bertie Bott's Every Flavour Beans by Jelly Belly. Each small box contains a mix of recognizable fruit and dessert tastes alongside the intentionally strange, offering a playful tasting experience for fans and party hosts. The beans are made without dairy, peanuts, gluten, and are OU Kosher and vegetarian-friendly, which makes them easy to include when you're sharing with a crowd.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these Bertie Bott's beans different from regular Jelly Belly candies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese boxes are produced under the Harry Potter™ license and curated to mirror the novel mix of expected and unexpected flavors that define Bertie Bott's Every Flavour Beans. While you’ll find Jelly Belly’s signature high-quality flavors, the mix intentionally includes novelty tastes to recreate the surprise element from the stories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOfficial Harry Potter™ themed packaging and flavor lineup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall 1.2 oz collectible boxes for gifting or party favors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend of classic and novelty tastes for a playful tasting adventure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent Jelly Belly texture and glossy finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are these beans suitable for people with dietary preferences?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly formulates these jelly beans to be broadly allergy- and diet-friendly where possible. They are free from dairy and peanuts, contain no gluten, and are labeled OU Kosher and vegetarian-friendly, which helps simplify selection for many dietary needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified for observant customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free ingredient formulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo peanut or dairy ingredients listed, and fat free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian-friendly composition for meat-free diets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use the six-pack of 1.2 oz boxes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact boxes are ideal for multiple uses: handouts at themed parties, stocking-stuffer-sized gifts, trick-or-treat giveaways, or decorative additions to dessert tables. Their small size keeps portions controlled and makes distribution easy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParty favors for Harry Potter events or movie nights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGift-box or stocking-stuffer additions during holidays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassroom treats, goody bags, or candy buffet components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSample-size tasting for trying multiple flavors without commitment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I expect from flavor and packaging quality?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect the same flavor precision and candy finish Jelly Belly is known for: bright color, strong aroma, and chewy jelly interior. Each box is sealed for freshness and sized to display collectible Harry Potter artwork, making them attractive on shelves or in themed displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVivid, varied bean colors with flavor-accurate scents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChewy texture with a smooth sugar shell.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually sealed boxes keep beans fresh until opened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLicensed artwork and branding for collector appeal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? These Bertie Bott's Every Flavour Beans are best for Harry Potter fans, party planners, and anyone who enjoys novelty candy tasting. They suit households seeking allergy-conscious treats for group occasions, hosts wanting themed favors, or candy lovers curious about mixing classic Jelly Belly flavors with eccentric, story-inspired varieties. If you want a playful, giftable snack with recognizable brand quality and broad dietary accessibility, this six-pack is a convenient choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: BLUEBERRY PUREE, LEMON PUREE, BANANA PUREE, CHERRY JUICE CONCENTRATE, WATERMELON JUICE CONCENTRATE, APPLE JUICE CONCENTRATE, BLACK PEPPER, CITRIC ACID, MALIC ACID, MALTODEXTRIN, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, COLOR ADDED, TURMEIC (COLOR), RED 40 LAKE, YELLOW 5 \u0026amp; 6, BLUE 1 \u0026amp; 2 LAKE, YELLOW 5 \u0026amp; 6 LAKE, BLUE 1 \u0026amp; 2, RED 40, VEGETABLE AND FRUIT JUICE (COLOR), BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE, TAPIOCA DEXTRIN, SALT.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Bertie Bott's Every Flavour Beans gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. These Jelly Belly beans are formulated without gluten ingredients and labeled gluten free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many beans are in each 1.2 oz box?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 1.2 oz box contains a small sample mix; the exact count varies by bean size but is meant for single-portion tasting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003750895699,"sku":"B0BP9P3GB6","price":62.12,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-box-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787214498"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-coconut-jelly-beans-1-lb-16-oz-resealable-bag-real-coconut-flavor-gluten-free","title":"Jelly Belly Coconut Jelly Beans — 1 lb (16 oz) Resealable Bag, Real Coconut Flavor, Gluten-Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eThese are Jelly Belly Coconut jelly beans — a 1 pound resealable bag of real-coconut flavored, gluten-free, vegetarian-friendly candy made with coconut flakes for authentic tropical taste.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy the sweet, creamy notes of coconut without cracking a shell: Jelly Belly Coconut jelly beans combine the brand's signature chewy texture with natural coconut flakes for a bright, tropical flavor. Packaged in a 16-ounce resealable bag, this SKU is designed to stay fresh between snacking sessions and contains approximately 400 beans per pound. The beans are OU Kosher and formulated to be gluten-free, dairy-free, peanut-free, fat-free, and vegetarian-friendly, making them easy to share at gatherings or keep on hand for a personal treat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will these jelly beans taste compared to fresh coconut?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flavor captures the sweet, creamy heart of coconut without the fibrous shell. Jelly Belly uses real coconut flakes in the recipe to produce a recognizable coconut profile with the brand’s classic candy chew.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweet, creamy coconut notes with a clean finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, chewy Jelly Belly texture rather than crunchy coconut\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent flavor from bean to bean thanks to factory blending\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately four calories per bean for portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the packaging keep the candy fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product arrives in a 16-ounce resealable bag that locks in aroma and chewiness between uses. The bag is sized for countertop storage and small enough to tuck into a pantry or cupboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable zipper closure to slow moisture loss and staling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear window area to view color and quantity before opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e16 oz gives about 400 beans — good for gatherings or refills\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlso available in a 10 lb case for bulk needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these beans suitable for people with dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the Jelly Belly Coconut jelly beans are formulated to accommodate several common dietary needs. They are OU Kosher and free from gluten, dairy, peanuts, and fat, making them accessible to many snackers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified for those who keep kosher\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and dairy-free for allergy-conscious consumers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free and vegetarian-friendly for broader sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow calorie per bean, useful for mindful snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these jelly beans beyond snacking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese Coconut jelly beans are versatile for gifting, events, and small culinary accents. Their coconut flavor and compact size make them easy to mix into candy dishes, party favors, or themed dessert decorations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill favor bags for tropical- or beach-themed parties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop cupcakes or use in candy charcuterie boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackage with other Jelly Belly flavors for variety jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse in candy dispensers, office bowls, or movie-night mixes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Jelly Belly Coconut jelly beans suit anyone who wants a convenient, shelf-stable coconut-flavored candy with clean-label attributes. They’re a good pick for families, party hosts, kosher households, people avoiding gluten and dairy, and snack lovers seeking a simple tropical treat without allergens associated with nuts or dairy. If you prefer authentic coconut flavor delivered in Jelly Belly’s classic chew and value a resealable, 1-pound bag for repeated enjoyment, this product is tailored for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: COCONUT, ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, COLOR ADDED, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many beans are in a 1 pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 400 Jelly Belly coconut jelly beans per one-pound (16 oz) bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans gluten or dairy free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Jelly Belly Coconut jelly beans are gluten-free, dairy-free, peanut-free, and OU Kosher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003808960595,"sku":"B0015D87G0","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-coconut-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787215089"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-bubble-gum-jelly-beans-1-lb-resealable-bag-classic-bubble-gum-flavor-kosher-gluten-free","title":"Jelly Belly Bubble Gum Jelly Beans 1 lb Resealable Bag — Classic Bubble-Gum Flavor, Kosher \u0026 Gluten-Free","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eThese are Jelly Belly Bubble Gum jelly beans sold in a 1-pound (16 oz) resealable bag that deliver classic bubble-gum taste without the sticky mess.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy Jelly Belly's signature take on bubble gum in a full one-pound package designed for freshness. Each bean is crafted to offer the familiar sweet, chewy flavor of bubble gum while avoiding the actual stickiness of chewing gum. The bag is sealed for convenience and contains approximately 400 beans, giving you plenty for snacking, sharing, or topping treats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long will these Jelly Belly Bubble Gum beans stay fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly packages these jelly beans to retain flavor and texture for extended storage. They carry a 24-month shelf life when unopened and kept in a cool, dry place, and the resealable bag helps protect freshness after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24-month shelf life from production date when stored properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable zip-lock packaging for repeated freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry area away from direct sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dietary considerations and ingredients should I know about?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese jelly beans are made to be broadly accessible and labeled to help customers with common dietary needs identify suitability. They are OU Kosher and free from peanuts, dairy, gluten, and fat, and are suitable for vegetarians. Each bean contains roughly four calories, making portion control easy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified and vegetarian-friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free, dairy-free, gluten-free, and fat-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 4 calories per bean for simple tracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many beans come in a one-pound bag and how are they sold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect roughly 400 Jelly Belly Bubble Gum jelly beans in a one-pound bag; counts vary slightly because these are sold by weight, not by exact bean count or volume. The product listing reflects a genuine 16-ounce supply filled and sealed by the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 400 beans per 1 lb (16 oz) bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold and filled by weight rather than by individual count\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFactory-sealed bag labeled as genuine Jelly Belly product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I do if my order arrives damaged or not fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly prioritizes customer satisfaction and asks that you retain any uneaten candy and its packaging if there is a concern. Contact customer support with your order number so a representative can assist with replacements or solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep unopened or remaining candy and its packaging for claims\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContact Jelly Belly customer service with your order number\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompany will review and help resolve packaging or freshness issues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: These Bubble Gum jelly beans are ideal for fans of classic bubble gum flavor who prefer candy over sticky gum, people with dietary restrictions seeking kosher, gluten-free, dairy-free candy options, event planners wanting a crowd-pleasing treat, and anyone who needs a resealable, shareable supply of Jelly Belly confections. Because the beans are sold by weight and have long shelf life, they're a good choice for gift jars, party favors, office snack bowls, and stocking up at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, COLOR ADDED, RED 40 LAKE, RED 40, YELLOW 5 LAKE, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these Bubble Gum jelly beans gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Jelly Belly Bubble Gum jelly beans are labeled gluten-free and also dairy-free, peanut-free, and fat-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many beans are in a one-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: A one-pound (16 oz) bag contains about 400 jelly beans, but count can vary since they are sold by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003814694995,"sku":"B0015D6280","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-bubble-gum-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787215146"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-licorice-jelly-beans-1-lb-16-oz-resealable-bag-bold-anise-flavor","title":"Jelly Belly Licorice Jelly Beans — 1 lb (16 oz) Resealable Bag, Bold Anise Flavor","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Licorice Jelly Beans are a one-pound resealable bag of authentic black licorice-flavored jelly beans made by the original Jelly Belly confectioner.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese black licorice jelly beans recreate the classic anise-forward taste fans expect, packed into glossy, bite-sized beans and shipped straight from Jelly Belly. The 16-ounce resealable pouch keeps beans fresher longer and is convenient for sharing, snacking, or adding to party bowls. Made without common allergens and created to the brand's exacting standards, these beans deliver consistent texture and bold licorice flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these Jelly Belly licorice beans stand out from other licorice candies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly applies its decades of candy-making experience to produce a concentrated, true-to-style black licorice jelly bean that balances texture and flavor. The beans are glossy, evenly shaped, and designed to deliver the characteristic anise notes in a compact form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFormulated for a recognizably robust licorice\/anise profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUniform bean size and smooth, glossy outer shell for consistent mouthfeel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduced under Jelly Belly’s quality controls and shipped from the factory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable pouch prevents staling and is travel-friendly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the resealable 1-pound bag help with freshness and storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 16-ounce bag includes a zip-style seal that locks in aroma and texture after opening. It’s an easy way to portion treats at home, keep a candy cabinet tidy, and maintain peak flavor between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable closure reduces air exposure and slows moisture loss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne-pound size suits sharing, events, or longer home use without frequent restocking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable bag stands upright for neat pantry placement and pouring control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for people with dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — Jelly Belly Licorice jelly beans are formulated to avoid several common allergens and dietary concerns. The product labeling and certifications give clear guidance for consumers with specific dietary needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified for consumers who observe kosher diets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free, peanut-free, dairy-free, and fat-free formulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian friendly and about four calories per bean for portion awareness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these licorice jelly beans beyond snacking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeyond straight snacking, these black licorice beans work well for themed desserts, candy buffets, and decorative toppings. Their uniform size and deep color make them versatile for creative food displays and party favors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop cakes, cupcakes, or ice cream for a bold color and flavor contrast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill favor bags or candy jars for events, especially black-and-white or retro themes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse sparingly in baking or confections where strong licorice notes are desired.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: These Jelly Belly Licorice Jelly Beans are ideal for licorice lovers who want a dependable, factory-fresh version of classic anise-flavored candy. They suit hosts planning candy displays, shoppers seeking allergen-conscious treats, and anyone who prefers their licorice in small, flavorful bites rather than larger chews. If you enjoy pronounced black licorice taste and a tidy resealable package, this one-pound Jelly Belly bag is tailored to your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, COLOR ADDED, BLUE 2 LAKE, YELLOW 6 LAKE, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many beans are in a one-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Quantity varies by bean size, but a 1 lb (16 oz) Jelly Belly bag typically contains several hundred beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these Jelly Belly licorice beans gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, they are labeled gluten-free and are also dairy-free, peanut-free, and OU Kosher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003920339027,"sku":"B0015D22C0","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-licorice-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787215614"}],"url":"https:\/\/spicestosnacks.ca\/collections\/brand-jelly-belly.oembed","provider":"Spices To Snacks","version":"1.0","type":"link"}